she said if it be so why am I thus And shee went to inquire of Iehovah And Iehovah said unto her Two nations are in thy womb and two peoples shall be separated from thy bowels and the one people shall be stronger then the other people and the greater shall serve the lesser And her dayes were fulfilled to bring-forth and behold twins were in her wombe And the first came-out red all over like an hairy mantle and they called his name Esau. And afterward came his brother out and his hand holding by the heele of Esau and he called his name Iakob and Isaak was sixtie yeeres old when she bare them And the boyes grew and Esau was a cunning huntsman a man of the field and Iakob was a perfect man dwelling in tents And Isaak loved Esau because venison was in his mouth and Rebekah loved Iakob And Iakob sod pottage and Esau came from the field and he was faint And Esau said to Iakob Let me taste I pray thee of that red that red pottage for I am faint therefore he called his name Edom. And Iakob said Sell to me this day thy first-birthright And Esau said Loe I am going to dye and wherefore serveth this first-birthright unto me And Iakob said Sweare unto me this day and he sware unto him and he sold his first-birthright unto Iakob And Iakob gave to Esau bread and pottage of lentiles and he did eate and drinke and rose up and went-away and Esau despised the first-birthright Annotations ADded that is did againe take a wife when hee was an hundred and fourty yeeres old and had of her sixe sonnes by the extraordinary blessing of God whereas fourty yeeres before his body was even dead in respect of naturall strength and vigour as the Apostle noteth Rom. 4. 19. a wife called elsewhere a concubine 1 Chron. 1. 32. what manner of wife that was see on Gen. 22. 24. Keturah in Greeke Chettoura Vers. 2. Zimran in Greeke Zombran Iekshan in Greeke Iezan Medan whose posterity are called Medanites Gen. 37. 36. Midian in Greeke Madiam and Madian Act. 7. 29. of him came the people called Madianites that soone fell from Abrahams faith to idolatry Num. 25. Shuach in Greek Soie of him came Bildad Iobs friend called the Shuchite Iob 2. 11. Vers. 3. Sheba in Greek Saba his posterity robbed lob of his oxen and asses Iob 1. 15. Vers. 4. Ephah or Gepha in Greeke Gephar Epher or Gepher in Greek Apheir of him the country Aphrica is thought to have the name Enoch in Heb. Chanoch as Gen. 5. 18. Vers. 5. to Isaak as being his onely heyre and child of promise Gen. 21. 12. a figure of Christ and Christians heyres by promise of all things Heb. 1. 2. Iohn 3. 34. Rev. 21. 7. Gal. 3 29. and 2. 28. Vers. 6. concubines Hagar and Keturah vers 1. east country or land of the East a part of Arabia hereupon mention is made of the sonnes of the East Iob 1. 3. And Iob himselfe was in likelihood the son of one of these sons or nephewes of Abraham by Keturah Vers. 7. 175 yeeres This summe of his yeeres sheweth how Abraham had lived a pilgrim in Canaan a hundred yeeres after he came out of Charran Gen. 12. 4. That he attained not to the yeeres of his forefathers who all lived longer then hee Gen. 11. 11. c. as did also his son Isaak Gen. 35. 28. That he left alive behind him Heber that great Patriarch and Prophet of whom hee had the surname to be an Hebrew Gen. 11. 17. and 14. 13. and from whom he was the seventh generation as Enoch was from Adam Vers. 8. hoary age as was promised Gen. 15. 15. of dayes so the Greek and Chaldee explaineth it and the Hebrew it selfe elsewhere Gen. 35. 29. Such words are often to be understood as a full for a full cup Psal. 73. 10. see Gen. 4. 20. and 5. 3. and by being full of dayes is meant a willingnesse to dye without desiring longer life on earth his peoples the Greeke translateth his people the like is said of Ismael vers 17. of Isaak Gen. 35. 29. of Iaakob Gen. 49. 33. of Aaron Num. 20. 24. of Moses Deut. 32. 50. and others sometime it is said gathered to their fathers 2 King 22. 20. Iudg. 2. 10. Act. 13. 36. and by Abrahams peoples are meant his fathers Gen. 15. 15. and the phrase signifieth the immortality of soules for Abrahams body was gathered to the body of Sarah onely as the next words shew and by his fathers are meant the spirits of just men made perfect Heb. 12. 23. See after in verse 17. Vers. 10. and Sarah as is shewed in Gen. 23. 19. Afterwards Isaak and Iakob with their wives were buried there also Gen. 49. 29. 31. Vers. 11. blessed Isaak so applying and confirming to him the promises made to Abraham Gen. 12. 2. and 14. 19. and 17. 19. and so Isaak commended to Iakob the blessing of Abraham Gen. 28. 3. 4. and by this blessing the righteousnesse of faith is implyed to Abrahams seed Galat. 3. 8. 9. c. Beer-lachai-roi in Greeke the well of vision in Chaldee the well at which the Angell of life appeared this place of Isaaks seating is not without mystery see Gen. 16. 14. and 24. 62. Vers. 12. generations a rehearsall of Ismaels off-spring as Gen. 5. 1. And here the fulfilling of Gods promise is seene made in Gen. 16. 10. 12. and 17. 20. and how hee that was borne after the flesh and cast out of Abrahams house Gal. 4. 23. 30 was multiplyed before Isaak the child and heyre of the promise See the like of Esau Gen. 36. 43. Vers. 13. Nebajoth he and his brethren seated in Arabia Esay 20. 13. 14. 16. Ezek. 27. 21. where peoples and places retained the footsteps of their names they gave themselves to shepherdy as appeareth Esay 60. 7. Ier. 49. 29. And here are twelve sons reckned which were Princes of their tribes as was promised in Gen. 17. 20. answerable in number to the twelve sonnes of Iakob heads of the twelve tribes of Israel but these Ismaelites are a generation before them as Ismael himselfe was borne before Isaak For that is first which is naturall and afterward that which is spirituall 1 Corinth 15. 46. Vers. 16. castles or villages dwelling houses so named of being faire and high built in a row or order In Greeke habitations as in Act. 1. 20. from Psal. 69. Vers. 17. 137 yeeres So he lived not so long as his father Abraham or his brother Isaak or as did Iakob though he lived till a great old age And this mention of the terme of his life and gathering to his fathers as was spoken before of Abraham v. 8. and the burying of his father with his brother vers 9. may be some probability of Ismaels repentance and dying in the faith of Abraham for unlesse it be he no reprobate hath his whole life time recorded in holy Scripture Or if
Priest but through the veile that is his flesh he is entred into heauen it selfe now to appeare unto the face of God for us Heb. 8. 2. 4. and 10. 2. 20. and 9. 24. Thus shall ye blesse The Priest blessed standing as it is written to stand before Iehovah to minister unto him and to blesse in his name Deut. 10. 8. And it was with lifting up of hands as it is said And Aaron lift up his hand towards the people and blessed them Levit 9. 22. which gesture our Lord Christ also used when he blessed his disciples Lu. 24. 50. The Hebrew Doctors understand the word Thus to imply both matter and manner wherof they haue sundry traditions as Thus shal ye blesse standing Thus with lifting vp of hands Thus in the holy tongue that is Hebrew Thus with your faces against the peoples faces Thus with an high voyce Thus by Gods expressed name Iehovah if ye blesse in the Sanctuarie It is not lawfull for the Priests in any place to adde any blessing unto these three verses as to say like Deu. 1. 11. The Lord God of your fathers make you a thousand times so many moe as ye are or any the like Maimony in treat of Prayer chap. 14. sect 11. 12. The manner they also say was thus The Priests went up to the banke or stage after that the Priests had finished the daily morning service and lifted up their hands on high above their heads and their fingers spred abroad except the high Priest who might not lift his hands higher than the Plate whereof see Exod. 28. 36. and one pronounced the blessing word by word till the three verses were ended And the people answered not after every verse but they made it in the Sanctuary one blessing and when they had finished all the people answered Blessed be the Lord God the God of Israel for ever and ever And he pronounced Gods name as it is written with Iâ—â—h but in the citie or countrey they pronounced it Adonai Lord for they mention not the name as it is written save in the Sanctuary onely And after Simeon the just was dead the Priests left off blessing by Gods proper name Iehovah even in the Sanctuary to the end that no man which was not honest and of good esteeme might learne it The Priests blessing is not pronounced in any place but in the holy Hebrew tongue as it is said THVS SHAL YE BLESSE c. The lifting up of hands is by ten Priests of the number A Synagogue which is all of Priests they all lift up hands and the women and children answer Amen If there remaine ten Priests moe than they which are gone up the banke the ten answer Amen A Congregation wherein there is no Priest but a Minister onely he lifteth not up his hands but when he is come to conclude with peace he he saith Our God and the God of our fathers ble 〈…〉 us with the threefold blessing in the Law written by Moses thy servant which was pronounced out of the mouth of Aaron and his sonnes the Priests with thy Saints as it is said THE LORD BLESSE THEE AND KEEP ETHEE c. A Priest that hath lift up his hands in one Synagogue and goeth to another Synagogue and findeth the Congregation at prayer and they are not come to the Priests blessing he lifteth up his hands for them and blesseth them though it be oft times in a day Maim treat of prayer chap. 14. sect 9 10 11. and chap. 15. sect 9 10 11. By these their traditions it appeareth that the not pronouncing of Gods name Iehovah as it is written was a device of their owne first restrayning it to the Sanctuary and blessing onely at last omitting it in the Sanctuarie also lest it should be by the unworthy polluted as they supposed Yea so farre went they in this their precisenesse as they say that their first wise men taught not this name to their disciples or sons which were of honest conversation but once in seven yeeres Maim ibidem c. 14. sect 10. And this it seemeth they did because the nations corrupted the name calling him Iao Iave Iabe Ievo Iovis and sundry other wayes as in humane writers is yet to be seen and applyed those names sometime to false Gods Of the meaning of this name Iehovah see the Annotations on Gen. 2. 4. and Exod. 6. 3. and of blessing see Gen. 14. 19. 20. Vers. 24. Iehovah blesse thee The name Iehovah thrice repeated in this blessing is a mysterie of the Trinitie in the Godhead the Father the Sonne and the Holy Ghost into whose name we are baptised Mat. 28. 19. which Iehovah is one and his name one Deut. 6. 4. Zach. 14. 9. So the Apostle beginneth wishing Grace and Peace from him which Is and which Was and which Is to come that is Iehovah God the Father and from the seven Spirits which are before his throne that is the Holy Spirit whose graces are seven that is manifold and plentifull but though there be diversities of gracious gifts yet it is the same Spirit 1 Cor. 12. 4. and from Iesus Christ Revel 1. 4 5. And another Apostle concludeth The grace of the Lord Iesus Christ and the love of God and the communion of the holy Spirit 〈◊〉 with you all Amen 2 Cor. 13. 14. Which as all other blessings are derived from this set downe by Moses who sheweth the grace of God the Father in blessing that is giving all good things both for this life and that which is to come as it is written Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Iesus Christ who hath blessed us with all spirituall blessings in heavenly things in Christ c. Ephes. 1. 3. This blessing God offered the Iewes when he sent his Sonne Iesus to blesse them in turning away every one of them from his iniquitie Act. 3. 26. The Hebrew Doctors as R. Menachem Rakanat on thâ—â— place have also noted how this name of God Iehovah is thrice mentioned and every time with 〈◊〉 different accent in the Hebrew implying a mysterie which cannot better be applyed than to the three distinct persons of the holy Trinitie 〈◊〉 thee in grace and good estate and safe from evill as it is said Iehovah will keepe thee from all evill hee will keepe thy soule Psal. 121. 7. And for good it is spoken in 1 Chron. 29. 18. So our Saviour prayeth Holy Father keepe through thine owne name those whom thou hast giuen me that they may be one as we are and keepe them from the evill Iohn 17. 11. 15. Ver. 25. his face to shine upon thee or his countenance to shine to be lightsome unto thee For face the Chaldee putteth Shecinah the Divine Maiestie whereby Christ seemeth to be meant as is noted on Exod. 34. 9. Gods face sometime signifieth his anger as Levit. 20. 6. Psal. 21. 10. and. 34. 17. sometime his favour Psal. 21. 7. But the light or shining of his face
the morning was the second day And God sayd Let the waters under the heavens bee gathered-together unto one place and let the dry land appeare and it was so And God called the dry land Earth and the gathering together of the waters he called Seas and God saw that it was good And God said Let the earth bud-forth the budding-grasse the herbe seeding-seed the fruit-tree yeelding-fruit after his kinde whose seed is in it selfe upon the earth and it was so And the earth brought-forth budding-grasse the herb seeding-seed after his kinde and the tree yeelding fruit whose seed was in it selfe after his kinde and God saw that it was good And the evening was and the morning was the third day And God sayd Let there be lights in the outspred-firmament of the heavens to separate betweene the day and the night and let them be for signes and for seasons and for dayes and yeares And let them be for lights in the outspred-firmament of the heavens to give light upon the earth and it was so And God made the two great Lights the greater light for the rule of the day and the lesser light for the rule of the night also the starres And God set them in the outspred-firmament of the heavens to giue light upon the earth And to rule over the day and over the night and to separate betweene the light and the darkenesse and God saw that it was good And the evening was and the morning was the fourth day And GOD sayd Let the waters bring forth abundantly the moving-thing the living soule and fowle that may flye above the earth on the face of the outspred-firmament of the heavens And God created the great Whales and every living creeping soule which the waters brought forth abundantly after their kinde and every winged fowle after his kinde and God saw that it was good And God blessed them saying be fruitfull and multiply and fill the waters in the seas and let the fowle multiply in the earth And the evening was and the morning was the fift day And God said Let the earth bring forth the living soule after his kinde cattell and creeping thing and beast of the earth after his kinde and it was so And God made the beast of the earth after his kinde and the cattell after their kinde and every creeping thing of the earth after his kinde and God saw that it was good And God sayd Let us make Man in our image according to our likenesse and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea and over the fowle of the heavens and over the cattell and over all the earth and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth And God created Man in his image in the image of God created he him male and female created he them And God blessed them and God sayd unto them Be fruitfull and multiply and fill the earth and subdue it and have dominion over the fish of the sea and over the fowle of the heavens and over every living thing that creepeth on the earth And God sayd Behold I have given to you every herb seeding seed which is upon the face of all the earth and every tree in the which is the fruit of a tree seeding seed to you it shall be for meat And to every beast of the earth and to every fowle of the heavens and to every creeping thing upon the earth which hath in it a living soule every green herb for meat and it was so And God saw every thing that hee had made and behold it was very good and the evening was and the morning was the sixt day Annotations BOoke of Moses so it is intituled in Mark 12. 26. called elsewhere the booke of the law of Moses 2. King 14. 6. Luke 2. 22. being indeed the booke of the Law of the Lord by the hand of Moses 2. Chro. 34. 14. Of this Moses his birth education authority and death see Exod. 2. and 4. c. Numb 12. Deut 34. He was forty yeares a Philosopher in King Pharaohs Court in Egypt Forty yeares a shepheard in the land of Madian and forty yeares a King and Law-giver of Israel leading them through the wildernesse of Arabia and dying an hundred and twenty yeares old hee was buried of God Act. 7. 22. 23. 29. 30. 35. 36. Deut. 3â— 4â— and 34. 5. 6. 7. His writings are approved of by the Prophets after him by the testimonie of Christ and his Apostles and by the Church of God in all ages Nehem. 8. 1 2 3. Dan. 9. 11. 13. Mal. 4. 4. Luke 16. 29. 31. and 24. 27. 44. Acts 15. 21. Rev. 15. 3. Genesis that is Generation so the Greeke version calleth this booke because it setteth forth the generations of the heavens and earth and of Adam or mankind Gen. 2. 4. and 5. 1. How beit in Hebrew the five bookes of Moses have no names but by the first words of them as this booke is called Breshith that is In the beginning Vers. 1. In the beginning namely of the Creature which God created as our Saviour expoundeth it Mark 13. 19. the whole frame whereof is called the World Mat. 24. 21. Beginning therefore is here extraordinary and supernaturall of the Creature or Creation and so of time The Chaldee paraphrase called Ierusalemy translateth it In wisedome so sundry Hebrewes apply this mystically to the wisedome of God whereby the world was created as it is written The Lord by wisdome founded the earth Prov. 3. 19. and in wisdome hast thou made them all Psal. 104. 24. R. Menachem on Gen. 1. Many Christian writers also apply it unto Christ the wisdome of God by whom he made the world 1. Cor. 1. 24. Heb. 1. 2. Prov. 8. 27. 30. God in Hebrew Aelohim which signifieth the Almighties or Almightie-powers his name is most used in this forme plurall but ioyned with a word singular hee created because God is but one Deut. 6. 4. although in power infinite in person or manner of being there are three which beare witnesse in heaven the Father and the Word and the holy Spirit and these three are one 1 Ioh. 5. 7. The Father is this Creator as is shewed in Eph. 3. 9. The Word or Sonne is the Creator Heb. 1. 8. 10. Col. 1. 16. so is the Holy spirit as is here in the second verse and in Psal. 33. 6. and 104. 30. Iob 26. 13. and 33. 4. Hereupon Solomon saith Remember thy Creators Eccles. 12. 1. and God saith Let us make man Gen. 1. 26. The Apostles apply the generall name God to the persons severally unto the Father Heb. 1. 1 2. unto the Sonne Acts 20. 28. Rom. 9. 5. and unto the Holy Ghost Acts 5. 3. 4. The Hebrew Doctors have left records of this mystery though at this day that nation understands it not Come and see the mysterie of the word Aelohim there are three degrees and every degree by it selfe alone that is distinct and yet notwithstanding
in Iesudei hatorah chap. 3. sect 8. The name of the Sunne is spiritually applied unto Christ Mal. 4. 2. whose face appeared like the Sunne shining in his strength Rev. 1. 16. ac whose death this created Sunne was darkned at noon day for the space of three houres Amos 8. 9. Mar. 27. 45. with him this spirituall Sunne his Church is cloathed Revel 12. 1. and shall shine also as the Sun in the kingdome of heaven Mat. 13. 43. lesser or little light that is the Moone called in Hebrew of her faire whitenesse Lebanah Song 6. 9. and of refreshing the earth with her coole influences Iaroach Deut. 33. 14. starres which also are for to rule the night Psal. 136. 6. called starres of light Psal. 148. 3. Of these some are fixed other some wandring starres or planets whereunto unstable men are compared Iude verse 13. The starres differ one from another in glory 1 Cor. 15 41. and are not for man to number Genes 15. 5. but GOD counts their number and calleth them all by names Psalm 147. 4. and with them he hath by his spirit garnished the heavens Iob 26. 13. Some of the starres or constellations have names in holy scripture as Ash Cosil Cimah and Mazzaroth or Mazzaloth Iob 9. 9. and 38. 31. Amos 5. 8. 2 King 23. 5. which wee call by other names Arcturus Orion Pleides Planets and Signes in the Zodiake They might well bee Englished water-starres winter-starres Thunder-starres and the like for by their rifing and influences stormes tempests faire and pleasant weather c. doe proceed by the disposition of God Consider those places Iob 38. Am. 5. Verse 17. set Hebr. gave them which word is often used for setting or putting as I have given my spirit Esa. 42. 1. that is I have put it Math. 12 18. It signifieth also a firme setling as thou hast giuen thy people 1 Chr. 17. 22. for which in 2 Sam. 7. 24. is written thou hast confirmed thy people Accordingly David sayth that God hath firmly constituted the Moon Stars Psal. 8. 4. Of the Stars with their orbes and sphaeres the Hebrew Doctors write thus The sphaeres are called Heavens and the Out-spred firmament c. and there are nine sphaeres that which is nearest unto us is called the sphaere of the Moone and the next above it is the sphaere wherein is the Starre called Cocab or Mercurie And the third sphaere is that wherein Nogah or Venus is The fourth sphaere hath in it the Sunne the sift Maadim or Mars the sixt hath in it the starre Tsedek or Iupiter the seventh Shabthat or Saturne and the eighth sphaere hath in it all the other starres that are seene in the firmament The ninth sphaere is that which turneth about every day from the east to the west and it compasseth all ronâ—â— about c. The starres that are all in that one 〈◊〉 sphaere although they be one above another yet because the sphaeres are pure and cleare as chrystall and as Saphire therefore the starres in the eighth sphaere are seene underneath the first sphaere c. None of the sphaeres are either light or heauy or coloured redl or blacke or of any other colour and whereas wee see them of a blew colour it is onely to the appearance of the eye by reason of the height of the ayre Also they have neither tast nor smell because these accidents have no place but in bodies that are beneath them Maimony in Misn. treat Iesudei hatorah chapt 3. sect 1. 3. V. 18. over the day or as the Greeke translateth to rule the day for by their successive courses the light is dispensed of God unto the world by day and by night Ier. 31. 35. Vers. 20. the moving thing or as the Greeke translateth creeping things But the Hebrew Sherets is more large then that which wee call the creeping thing for it conteyneth things moving swiftly in the waters as swimming fishes c. Lev. 11. 10. and on the earth as running weasels mise c. Lev. 11. 29. and fowles also flying in the ayre Levit. 11. 29. Moving things in the waters there are innumerable one argument of Gods praise in Psalm 104. 25. Soule named in Hebrew nephesh of breathing and the scriptures apply this word not onely to mankinde but to all creatures that live and the breath of them as here and in Iob 41. 21. The Hebrewes say The soule of all flesh is the forme thereof which God hath given thereunto Maimony in Iesudei hatorah chap. 4. sect 8. V. 21. Whales or Dragons the Hebrew Tannin is used for both These are the greatest creatures in the waters one kinde of them called Levjathan is described in Iob 41. In the belly of a Whale Ionas lived three dayes and three nights Ion. 1. 17. And humane writers testifie that into the riuer of Arabia there have come Whales 600. foot long and 360. foot broad Plinie hist. b. 32. chap. 1. that they are not without cause called great Whales These Whales and Dragons are used in Scripture to signifie great Princes Psal. 74. 13. Ezek. 29. 3. creeping The Hebrew remes which hath the name of treading is also largely used for things creeping on the earth or swimming in the waters Levit. 11. 44. 46. Gen. 1. 25. V. 22. Blessed that is gave power to conserve their kinde by generation and to increase unto many for so the word blessing is often applied unto multiplication Gen. 24. 60. Ps. 128. 3. 4. This word is also largely used for Gods gracious giving of all good things earthly or heavenly Gen. 24. 35. Deut. 28. Eph. 1. 3. And when men give thankes therefore unto God that is called blessing also see Gen. 14. 19. 20. V. 24. cattell in Greeke it is translated foure-footed beasts The Hebrew Behemah is generally all beasts of the greater sort whereof the Elephant is called Behemoth Iob 40. 15. The Apostle once translateth it in Greeke Therion which properly is wilde beast Heb. 12. 20. from Exod. 19. 13. beast or wilde-beast named in Hebrew of life or livelinesse which is most seene in the wilde beasts In Perkei R. Eliezer chap. 11. the Iew Doctors say These that were created out of the earth their soules and their bodies were of the earth and when they dye they returne to the place where they were created as it is sayd in Psal. 104. 29. thou takest away their spirit they dye â—and another Scripture saith Eccles. 3. 21. and the spirit of the beast that goeth downward to the earth Vers. 26. Let us This is meant of the three in heaven the Father the Word and the holy Spirit which three are one 1 Iohn 5. 7. Hereupon hee is called God our makers Iob 35. 10. Psal. 149. 2. After the world was made and garnished the holy Trinity mentioneth the making of man the excellentest creature under heaven he is fearfully and marvellously made Psal. 139. 14. Man or earthly man in Hebrew Adam so called of Adamah that is
salvation wherwith God clotheth his Church Esay 61 10. Vers. 22. is become as one to weet of us three the Father the Word and the Holy Spirit 1 Ioh. 5. 7 See before in Gen. 1. 26. Thus God upbraided Satans lying speech used in v. 5. and would leave an impression in Adams hart of his pride and folly in beleeving the Serpents deceitfull promises that so long as he lived an exile here on earth he might haue continuall motives of repentance and humiliation The Hebrew phrase is as one meaneth is made or become as one as this is Psal. 118. 23. the Evangelist translateth this is done Mat. 21. 42. lest he put An unperfect speech where we may understand by that which followeth he must be driven out lest he be put c. Such phrases are usuall as Gen. 38. 11. 42. 4. Mat. 25. 9. and eate and live or that he may eate and live And is often used for That and noteth the end and purpose of an act as here so in 2 Sam. 21. 3. 2 King 3. 11. Lam. 1. 19. Because the tree of life and the eating of it was at first a signe of eternall life to man if he had obeyed his creator as is noted on Gen. 2. 9. it might not now in the justice of God be so continued to man fallen into disobedience Neither was the new covenant betweene God and man of obedience againe by the workes of the Law unto life but of faith in Christ the womans seed unto forgivenesse of sinnes Gen. 3. 15. 20. God therfore in driving the man from this tree would drive him from all confidence in him-selfe and his owne workes and so from abuse of this tree also which might turne to his further judgement that hee might seeke the life in heaven which is hid with Christ in God Col. 3. 1. 2. 3. who will give to such as by faith doe overcome the world to eate of the tree of life which is in the midst of the Paradise of God Rev. 2 7. V. 23. to till tillage hath the name in Hebrew of servile-worke for all even Kings are as servants to the field Eccles. 5. 8. And this hard labour was a continuall remembrance of sinne and doctrine of humiliation and repentance Wherefore God after in the Law freed every seventh or Sabbath yeare from this tillage in his land when they did all alike eat of that which grew of it owne accord Lev. 25. 4. 6. to remember their former ease lost by sinne but to bee restored spiritually by Christ when hee should preach the acceptable yeare of the Lord Esay 61. 2. 2 Cor. 6. 2. Vers. 24. drove out or expulsed not to return thither againe but that he might seeke admission into the heavenly paradise whereunto Christ giveth entrance Luke 23. 43. minding himselfe an exile and pilgrime here on earth 1 Pet. 2. 11. 2 Cor. 5. 1. 4. The Hebrewes say in Bresith ketanna on this place Adam was driven out of paradise in this world but in the world to come he shalnot be driven out The remembrance of this future mercy was kept afterward among the Gentiles for it is one of the Chaldean oracles Seeke paradise the glorious country of the soule Cherubins or Cherubs These were living creatures with wings as may bee â—athered by comparing Ezek. 1. 5. and 10. 1. 15. the figures of such were wrought in the Tabernacle Exod. 25. 18. and 26. 1. See the annotations there Moses here seemeth to meane Angels by this name for they have appeared sometime with wings flying Dan. 9. 21. and with sword 1 Chron. 21 16. and as fierie chariots 2 King 6. 17. as here they have the flame of a sword that is a flaming sword as the Greeke translateth it to keepe man out of paradise Of Angels see the notes on Gen. 16. 7. By these also God further might signifie the Angels or Ministers in his spirituall paradise the Church and the sharpe two edged sword of his Word wherewith they are armed against all the disobedient 2 Cor. 10. 4. 5. 6. But the twelve Angels at the twelve gates of that paradise direct from all quarters of the world to enter thereinto by the gates which are never shut such as are written in the lambs booke of life where the tree of life groweth and giveth fruit wherein they haue right that doe the commandements of God Rev. 21. 12. 25. 27. and 22. 2. 14. turned it selfe to weet every way for more terrour that man should not there attempt re-entrance Such spiritually is the use of the Law and doctrine therof which terrifieth the conscience and by the workes whereof no flesh can be justified Rom. 3. 20. but it serveth to drive men unto Christ that they may be made righteous by faith Gal. 3. 24. The ancient Iewes had an expectation of recovery of this losse by Christ though now they are ignorant of him for they write of seven things which the King Christ shall shew unto Israel two of which are the garden of Eden and the tree of life R. Elias ben Mosis in Sepher reshith choemah fol. 4. 12. Also expounding that in Song 1. 4. the King hath brought me into his chambers Our Doctors of blessed memory have sayd that these are the chambers of the garden of Eden And againe There are also that say of the tree of life that it was not created in vaine but the men of the resurrection that are raised from the dead shall eate thereof and live for ever R. Menachem on Gen. 3. And by the garden of Eden or Paradise it seemes they understood the kingdome of heaven for the Chaldee paraphrast on Song 4. 12. saith as the garden of Eden into which no man hath power to enter but the just whose soules are sent thither by the hands of Angels According to these speeches familiar in olde time among the Iewes the Holy Ghost also speaketh of carriage by Angels into Abrahams bosome Luke 16. 22. of being with Christ in paradise Luke 23. 43. and of eating of the tree of life which is in the midst of the paradise of God Rev. 2. 7. And that the Iewes understood not these things carnally appeareth by these words of theirs In the world to come there is no eating or drinking nor any other of the things which the bodies of the sonnes of Adam have neede of in this world as sitting and standing and sleepe and death and sorrow and miâ—th and the like So our ancient wise men have sayd In the world to come there is no eating nor drinking nor use of mariage but the just doe sit with their crownes upon their heads and have the fruition of the glory of the Majestie of God Maimony in Misn. treat of Repentance ch 8. S. 2. CHAPT IIII. 1. The birth trade and religion of Kaine and Abel 8. Kaine killeth Abel 9. for it he is examined of God 11. and cursed 13. he despaireth 16. and departeth from Gods presence 17. Kaine buildeth the
immediately after Mechijael in Greek Mâ—delaal according to the name of Kainans sonne in Gen. 5. 12. Methusael in Greeke Mathousala as also they write Ehochs sonne Gen 5. 21. L 〈…〉 or Lemâ—â—â— so Gen. 5. 21. Kains posteritie accord in name with Seths Vers. 19. two wives so violating the law of mariage which by Gods ordinance was to be but with one wife Gen. 2. 18. 24. Adah by interpretation an Ornament as Zillah or Sella signified her Shadow Vers. 20. Iabal in Greeke Iobel father that is master as the Chaldee expoundeth it Every crafts-master that either first inventeth or perfecteth and teachech any art is called a Father So in the verse following dwell in tents that is used Shepherdy for shepheards used tents to remove from place to place where best pasture was to be found Esa. 38. 12. Song 1. 8. Ier. 6. 3. and 49. 29. The Hebrew phrase him that dwelleth is meant of many as the Greeke also translateth it them that dwell So dweller 2 Sam. 5. 6. is expounded dwellers 1 Chron. 1. 4. enemie 1 King 8. 37. 44. is enemies 2 Chron. 6. 28. 34. and many the like See also Gen. 3. 2. cattell Hebr. possession understanding the word cattell as it explained in Gen. 26. 14. hee had possession of flockes and possession of herds So the Greeke here translateth feeders of cattell The supply of such words is often made in the text it selfe as a thousand 2 Sam. 8. 4. that is a thousand charrets 1 Chron. 18. 4. Vzzah put forth to the arke 2 Sam. 6. 6. that is hee put forth his hand to the arke 1 Chro. 13. 9. See also Gen. 5. 3. Vers. 21. handle that is play upon as the Chaldee paraphraseth he was master of all that play on the Psaltery and knew musicke which the Greeke translateth this was he that shewed the Psaltery and the Harpe organ it hath the name in Hebrew of lovelinesse and delight and it was an instrument of joy Iob 21. 12. so was the Harpe called therefore the pleasant Harpe Psal. 81. 3. Thus God gave the Kainites skill to invent things profitable and delightfull to the flesh yet were they irreligious as is written they said vnto God depart from us and what should the Almighty doe for them For he filled their houses with good things Iob. 22. 17. 18. Vers. 22. instructer Hebr. a whetter or sharpner which the Chaldee expoundeth also a master He sharpely and wittily taught Smiths craft and instruments of warre The Heathens after faigned Vulcan which name seemeth to bee borrowed from this Tubal-cain to bee the god of Smiths Naamah she hath her name of Pleasance Thus with profits and pleasures they of the olde world passed their time eating and drinking marying and giving in mariage untill the day that the flood came and tooke them all away Math. 24. 38. 39. The Hebrew Doctors in Midras Ruth and Zohar say of this Naamah that all the world wandred in love after her yea even the sons of God as in Gen. 6. 2. that of her there were born evil spirits into the world Vers. 23. I have killed c. or I would kill a man in my wound yea a yong man in my hurt The Hebrew is of the time past as speaking of murther committed and so the Greeke translateth I have killed a man but it may also be interpreted as a boastfull threat for time to come that if any did wound or hurt him he should surely dye for it And it may bee that for violating the law of mariage by taking two wives God vexed him with a disquiet life betweene them that they lived in discontent and emulation one with another as there is an example in 1 Sam. 1. 6. 7. and both of them with their husband so in his wrath hee uttered these words unto them to represse their strife Or he thus boasteth of his valour for some other cause The Chaldee Paraphrast understood this in a contrary sense as if it were a question for have I killed c. that is I have not and expoundeth it thus For I have not killed a man that I should beare sinne for him nor destroyed a young man that my seed should be consumed for him to my hurt or for my stripe the originall word signifieth a wayl or mark of a stripe or wound in the flesh Vers. 24. seventy and seven fold that is if he that killeth Kain shall be punished seven fold then hee that killeth me shall be seventy seven fold It seemeth to be an insolent contempt of Gods judgement and abusing of his patience towards Kain v. 15. Because sentence against an evill worke is not executed speedily therefore the hearts of the sonnes of men is full in them to doe evill Eccles. 8. 11. Vers. 25. Seth Heb. Sheth that is Set or Appointed to weet in Abelsroome He was not borne till 130 yeeres after the creation Gen. 5. 3. It might be Adam had other sonnes and daughters before Gen. 5. 4. but none in whom such expectation of good was for Seths posterity onely remained at the Flood when all the world perished Gen. 7. seed that is another sonne that as Abrahams seed was called in Isaak Ismael being excluded Gen. 21. 12. so Eves seed should bee in Seth and not in any other of her children Seed is usually put for children as they left no seed Mar. 12. 22. is expounded they left no children Luke 20. 31. stead of Abel Eve sheweth a reason of her sonnes name also her faith grounded on Gods appointment setling of his mercy concerning this seed who should be faithfull as Abel and a father of the world who are all called the sonnes of Seth Num. 24. 17. and the father of our Lord Iesus after the flesh Luke 3. So in Ezek. 37 dead bones revive againe and in Revel 11. 11. the witnesses killed have the spirit of life from God entring into them Vers. 26. also himselfe or to him also when hee was 105 yeeres old Gen. 5 6. and the world 235. Enos so he is written in Greeke Luke 3. 38. in Hebrew Aenosh that is by interpretation sorrowfull grievously-sicke miserable So named as seemeth for the sorrowfull state of those dayes wherein great corruption grew in the Church Gen. 6. 2. 3. 5. Therefore this name is in Scripture usually given to all men as being Enos or sonnes of Enos full of sorrow and misery Psal. 8. 5. and 144. 3. And to abate mens pride David saith let the nations know that they be Enos or wofull men Psal. 9. 21. began men profanely to call or profanenesse began in calling or for calling on the name of Iehovah The Hebrew word may be translated men began or men profened but is commonly understood 〈…〉 ere of the learned Hebrewes to meane profanenesse and some translating it began yet take it thus men began to call their idols by the name of the Lord as images and representations of God were called Gods Exod. 32. 4. The
translateth it Who so shall greatly 〈…〉 The Lord having before given order for the pu 〈…〉 tion of the Campe of Israel in ne 〈…〉 duties and things commanded doth the like here for voluntarie service which he would accept 〈◊〉 their hands And this Law for abstinence from wine and strong drinke is set next the Law for the dâ—â—â—led or suspected woman because by drinking such things people doe often fall into 〈◊〉 Gen. 19. 32. 35. as it is said Lookâ— not upâ—â— the wine when it is red c. thiâ—e eyes will behold 〈…〉 women Prov. 23. 31. 33. But by abstaining there-from the body and minde may be kept 〈◊〉 and pure 〈…〉 vow which is a religious 〈…〉 made unto God see the annotations on Lev. 27. 2. And whereas he spake of man or woman it is to be understood of such as are free and in their owne power for they that were under the power of an other their superiour might disanull their vow if he would by the Law in Num. 3â— 4 c. So in this speciall vow as the Hebrew canons say The father of a child or the husband of a wife may disanull the Naziriteship of his wife if he will as in other vowes Maimony in Misn. tom 3. in Naziâ—â—th chap. 2. sect 17. a Nazirite this name wee retaine of the Hebrew Nazir whom the Greeke sometime calleth Nazâ—raios after the Hebrew Iudg. 13. 5. sometime expoundeth Sâ—â—ctâ—fied or Consecrated Amos 2 12. and Nazir by interpretation is one Separated or exempt unto some speciall sanctitie or dignitie as Ioseph is called a Nazirite or separated Gen 49. 26. Dâ—ut 33. 16. and Nezer is used for a Crowne see Exod. 29. 6. And whereas our Saviour Christ is called a Nazarene Matth. 2. 23. it was not of this name Naziâ— noâ— of this vow for he both dranke wine and was polluted by the dead Luk. 7. 33 34. and 8. 49 54. which the Nazirites might not doe but because he was Neâ—â—er the Branch out of the roots of Iesse Esaâ— 11. 1. and was brought up in the citie Nazareth or Nâ—tsrath Mat. 2 23 therefore he was called a Natsarene or according to the Greek pronunciation a Naz 〈…〉 which title the Evangelists give him sundry waies Nazarenes the Nazaren Mar. 16. 6. Nazarâ—ios the Nazâ—raean Maâ— 2. 23. and 26. 71. Nazoraiâ—s the Nazoraean Act. 2. 22. and 6. 14. and Iesus of Nazaret Act. 10. â—8 all which differ from Nazâ—raios the word by which the Greeks sometime expresse the Nâ—zir or Nazirite mentioned in this Law Not withstanding though Christ was no Nazirite according to this carnall commandement as the Apostle speaketh of the Priesthood Heb. 7. 16. yet the truth of this type was fulfilled in him by the spirit of Sanctification and after the power of an endlesse life to separate himselfe or to make himselfe a Nazirite for thereof here it hath the name and differeth from the word separate used before which was more generall The Greeke translateth to sanctifie or purifie himselfe which word the Holy Ghost useth in Act. 21. 24. sanctifie or purifie thy selfe â—ith them that is be a Naziriâ—e with them Nazi 〈…〉 es were some appointed of God as Samson â—â—â—g 13. 5. and â—ohn the Baptist Luke 1. 15. some by men and they were either Nazirites all the daies of their life as was Samuel 1 Sam. 1. 11. or but for certaine daies as the lawes here giuen by Moses shew And for the vow of a Nâ—zirite the Hebrews have these rules He that saith I will not depart 〈◊〉 of this world untill I be a Nâ—zirite he is to be a Nazirite out of hand lâ—st â—e die presently and if he deâ—er his N 〈…〉 ship he transgresseth against this lâ—w iâ— D 〈…〉 2â— 21. Thou shalt not delay to pay it When a man hath pâ—rpâ—sed in his heart and utteâ—â—d with his 〈◊〉 wâ—rds which carry this sense that 〈◊〉 will 〈◊〉 a Nâ—zirite though they carry this sense a far â—ff â—â—t plâ—iâ—ly he is a Nazirite He that 〈◊〉 loe I will be a Nazirite from the kernels of grapes onely or from the â—usks onely or a Nazirite from shaving or from uncleannesse onely he is a full Nazirite and all the particular râ—â—es of Naziriteship are upon him yeâ— though it was not in his heart to separate himselfe but from that thing onely forasmuch 〈◊〉 he hath spâ—ken that he â—ill separate from that which is forbidden the Nazirites he is a full Nazâ—rit If they fill him a cup of wine and give it him to drinke and he say I am a Nazirite from it he is a full Naziritâ— But if he have a grieved â—â—ule or 〈◊〉 and they requâ—st him to drinke thâ—t he may forgâ—t his sorrow and he say I am a Nazirite from it thâ—n that â—up onely is 〈…〉 lawfull unto him and he is no Nazirite for there was no further 〈◊〉 than that he would â—â—t drinke this cup. He that saith I will be a Nâ—zirite upon condition that I will drinke wine or 〈◊〉 pâ—lluted by the dead or shâ—ve my haire loâ— he is a Nazirite and is forbidden thâ—se all because he conditioneth against that which is written in the Law and who soâ—oÌ„ ditioneth against that which is written in the Law his c 〈…〉 ion is frâ—strate He 〈◊〉 saith I will be a Nazirite when I â—ave a sâ—n when 〈…〉 is borne unto him he is a Nazirite Hâ— that v 〈…〉 th Naziritâ—ship in ignorance or by 〈◊〉 c. 〈…〉 ree as fâ—r other vowes But â—e that is 〈…〉 brought to vow N 〈…〉 p 〈…〉 If a 〈…〉 to his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈…〉 sonne be 〈◊〉 th 〈…〉 is bound to direct him 〈◊〉 all 〈…〉 ziriteship if the 〈◊〉 〈…〉 Nâ—ziritâ— Mâ—imoâ—y in Nâ—ziruâ—h 〈…〉 ch 2. sect 1. 3. 14 〈…〉 〈…〉 ly unto him as â—â—s 8 in Câ—aldee 〈…〉 and Iâ—nathan explaineth it to the name of 〈…〉 This sheweth the end and use of these vowes to be religious for the strengthning of faith â—nd 〈…〉 of vertue and for honour and thank 〈…〉 God after men have obtained his blessings as 1 Sam. 1. 11. 27. 28 Wherefore it was a favour of God unto his people when he raised up such among them whereby they might be iâ—ciâ—ed unto holinesse of life as he saith I r 〈…〉 sed up of your sons for Propheâ—s aâ—d of your young mâ—n for Nazirites Amos 2. 11. Hereupon the Hebrews teach He that saith Loc I will 〈…〉 Nazi 〈…〉 I doe so or so or if I doe it not and the li 〈…〉 â—e is a wicked man and such Naz 〈…〉 iteship is 〈…〉 mâ—ns But â—e that voweth to the Lord by way of holinesse is honest and commendable and of him it is said in Num. 6. 7. the Crowne of his God is upon his head and the Scripture compareth him with a Prop 〈…〉 〈◊〉 2. 11. M 〈…〉 in Nazir 〈…〉 h ch 10. sect 14. It appeareth by 1 Maccaâ— 3. 49. that in publike calamities they used to make and keepe this vow more
usually meaneth his loving favour and salvation in Christ as Cause thy face to shine and we shall be saved Psal. 80. 4. 8. 20. and The light of thy face because thou didst favour them Psal. 44. 4. So this second branch respecteth Christ the Lamb which is the light of the world and of the heavenly Ierusalem Ioh. 8. 12. Rev. 21. 23. whose face shined at the Sunne Rev. 1. 16. of whom it is said God who commanded the light to shine out of darknesse hath shined in our hearts giving the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Iesus Christ 2 Cor. 4. 6. So in him is that saying fulfilled In the light of the kings face is life and his favour is as a cloud of the latter raine Prov. 16. 15. And this blessing implyeth deliverance out of miserie as appeareth by Psal. 80. and Dan. 9. 17. who saith Cause thy face to shine upon thy Sanctuarie which is desolate bee gracious or as the Greeke translateth bee mercifull This Grace is opposed to all mans workes with which it cannot stand Rom. 11. 6. and 4. 4. and it is bestowed on whom God will Exod. 33. 19. Rom. 9. 15 16. by which grace we are saved through faith God having shewed the exceeding riches of his grace in his goodnesse towards us through Christ Iesus Ephes. 2. 7. 8. by whom grace raigneth through righteousnesse unto eternall life Rom. 5. 21. Therefore the Apostle blesseth the Churches with the grace of our Lord Iesus Christ Rom. 16. 20. 2 Cor. 13. 13. For the Law was given by Moses but grace and truth came by Iesus Christ Ioh. 1. 17. Verse 26. lift up his face this in men signifieth a comfortable and chearefull countenance and cariage Ioh 29. 24. 2 Sam. 2. 22. so here in God towards his people and by face understand as before the light of his face that is his favour as in Psal. 4. 7. Iehovah lift thou up the light of thy face upon us and it signifieth the applying and communicating of Gods foresaid grace to mans conscience and seeling as after it is said Thou hast put gladnesse in mine heart c. Psal. 4. 8. Thus the first branch of the blessing in verse 24. implieth the love of the Father the second in verse 25. the grace of the Sonne and this third the communion of the Holy Ghost as the Apostle distinctly expoundeth this blessing in 2 Cor. 13. 14. And by this Spirit all gracious gifts of wisedome knowledge faith prophesie and the like are given to the Church 1 Cor. 12. 8-11 The word face sometime meaneth anger as before is noted and the Hebrew Nasa Lift up is sometime used for taking away as in Exod. 10. 19. and so the Chaldee translateth this here The LORD remove or take away his anger from thee The same exposition the Zohar also giveth of this place that wrath may be taken away and not found in the world and give Hebr. and put or dispose unto thee that is communicate with thee which the Greeke translateth give and in the Scriptures one of these words is used for another as hee hath put thee 1 Kings 10. 9. or he hath given thee 2 Chron. 9. 8. So put glory Ios. 7. 19. that is give glory and to put mercie Esai 47. 6. is to give or communicate the same Peace this word generally signifieth all prosperitie and the perfect injoying of all good things it is opposed to war Eccles. 3. 8. to discord and onmitie Ephes. 2. 14 15. Luke 12. 51. to tumult and confusion 1 Cor. 14. 33. and to all adversitie Gen. 43. 27. 2 Kings 4. 26. Ioh. 16. 33. and is therefore added for a conclusion of blessings Psal. 29. 11. 125. 4. 1 Pet. 5. 14. This peace is obtained by Iesus Christ Eph. 2. 14 15 17. Rom. 5. 1. and enjoyed by the Holy Ghost Rom. 8. 6. 9. 14. 17. And the peace of God which passeth all understanding shall guard our hearts and mindes through Christ Iesus Phil. 4. 7. And the Hebrew Doctors expound this peace to be the kingdome of the house of David R. Nathan in Siphri which is true for when the Angell said Unto you is borne this day in the citie of David a Saviour which is Christ the Lord then the heavenly host sang Glory to God in the highest and on earth peace Luke 2. 11 14. and one part of his name is THE PRINCE OF PEACE Esai 9. 6. Verse 27. And they shall the Priests in all ages such as were meet to serve in the Sanctuary performed this as the other services The Hebrew Canons have here their limitations they say Six things doe let from lifting up the hands to blesse 1 the tongue 2 blemishes 3 transgression 4 yeares 5 wine 6 and uncleannesse of hands The tongue as if they stammer and cannot pronounce the letters aright or lisp c. Blemishes as if they have any blemishes in their face hands or feet as if they have crooked fingers c. Transgression as if a Priest hath killed a man though unawares and though hee have repented for it yet may he not lift up his hands Esai 1. 15. Or if the Priest have served idols c. though he have repented for it he may never lift up hands as it is written in 2 Kings 23. 9. The Priests of the high places came not up to the Altar c. and blessing is as a service Deut. 21. 5. Yeares as a young Priest lifteth not up his hands till he be fully come to his age Wine as if he have drunke a quarter of a Log of wine hee may not lift up his hands till hee hath put away his wine from him Levit. 10. 9. Vncleannesse of hands as a Priest that hath not washed his hands may not lift them up to blesse but he must wash his hands as they use to sanctifie them for service and afterwards hee blesseth Maim treat of Prayer chapt 15. sect 1- -5 put my name or impose my name which the Chaldee expoundeth shall put the blessing of my name and Chazkuni saith the memoriall of my name in every blessing It seemeth to be meant of the Priests gesture that they should lift up their hands towards the people as did Aaron Levit. 9. 22. for a signe that the name and blessing of God was imposed upon them and The name of Iehovah is a strong tower the righteous runneth into it and is safe Prov. 18. 10. So now in Baptisme the name of the Father Sonne and Holy Ghost is put upon us Matth. 28. 19. and they that inhabit Ierusalem which is from above see the face of God and his name 〈◊〉 in their fore-heads Rev. 22. 4. I will blesse them the Greeke addeth I the LORD will blesse them and Ionathan in his Thargū paraphraseth I by my word will blesse them and Chazkuni explaineth it that the Priests should not say we have blessed Israel God here annexeth a promise to this
20. Aaron what is he to wit other than the Minister of God So the Apostle saith Who is Paul and who is Apollo but ministers by whom ye beleeved 1 Cor. 3. 5. And thus had Moses said in their former murmurings What are wee that ye murmure against us your murmurings are not against us but against Iehovah Exod. 16. 7 8. Vers. 12. We will not come up An obstinate answer and refusall of the meanes of their bettering by Moses debating the matter with them so might they have been perswaded to disist from their evill course and have found mercie By comming up is meant unto the publike place of judgement whither in the Scripture phrase men are said to goe up as in Deut. 25. 7. Ruth 4. 1. And in Ezra 10. 7. 8. whosoever would not goe to Ierusalem at the time appointed by the Princes and the Elders all his substance should be forfeited and himselfe separated from the Church of those that had been in captivitie Of Dathan and Abiram Sol. Iarchi here observeth that Their owne mouth caused them to offend or signified their fall they were not but to goe downe to wit alive into hell verse 33. Vers. 13. out of the land of Egypt as is added in Targum Ionathan which having beene the place of their bondage and miserie an iron furnace unto them Deut. 4. 20. they here call it a land flowing with milke and honey so despising their redemption God their Redeemer who laid their bring from thence for a ground of their obedience unto him Exod. 19 4 5. and 20. 2. even making or also making thy selfe a Prince that is without God of thine own presumption advancing thy selfe onely wholly and continually The doubling of the word is to aggravate their crimination This latter branch the Greeke translateth Thou art a Prince as if it were spoken in derision Verse 14. not brought us according to promise Exod. 3. 8. and 33. 3. Lev. 20. 24. of field that is as the Chaldee explaineth it of fields and vineyards one named generally for many as is noted on Gen. 3. 2. dig out the eyes that is make them blinde as the Chaldee expoundeth it so in Iude. 16. 21. 1 Sam. 11. 2. of these men or as the Greeke translateth it of those men which may be meant of the whole congregation as if they were so blinde that they could not espie his fraud or it may have speciall reference to Korah and his company And thus Chazkuni here explaineth it Thou hopest to dig out the eyes of Korah and of all his congregation as though they had no eyes to see and understand this offence that thou hast brought us up from the good land of Egypt and hast not performed unto us that which thou promisedst to bring us into a land that floweth with milke and honey but hast said In this wildernesse they shall be consumed and there they shall die Num. 14. 35. Moreover thou hast perverted judgement against us and therefore we will not come up unto thee for we beleeve thee not concerning the triall of this matter Verse 15. very wroth or very much grieved see the notes on Gen. 4. 5. Respect not or Looke not Turne not the face unto which the Chaldee expoundeth Accept not with fauour their oblation their offering or their Meat-offering their Minchab whereof see the annotations on Levit. 2. and on Gen. 4. 3. This Sol. Iarchi expoundeth their incense which they shall offer before thee to morrow so it hath reference to Korah his company 2. 7. and 17. But others as he saith explaine it thus 〈◊〉 that they have a part in the daily sacrifices of the 〈◊〉 gregation let not their part be accepted beâ—â—re 〈◊〉 And thus some understand this imprecation to be against Dathan and Abiram onely as Chazkum saith The reason why Moses cursed Dathan 〈◊〉 Abiram was because when Moses sent to call them they said we will not come up It was not their 〈◊〉 to convert for though the Lord should have said I have chosen Aaron yet they would have mâ—â—ined against the Priesthood But Korah and the 250 men which tooke upon them to take every man his ce 〈…〉 because they were in hope that the Lord had not sent him concerning his brother Aaron but that he had done it of his owne minde he would not curse oâ—â— asse that is not the vilest beast the Greeke translateth it the desire of any of them that is any deâ—â—rable thing They mistooke and read Chamâ—â— for Chamur because the Hebrew letters * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dand 〈…〉 be one like another as is also noted on Gen. 4 18. But Iosippus noteth it to be one of the 13 places which the Lxxij Interpreters changed purposely lest Prolemie the King at whose request they â—â—rned the Law into Greeke should say Hee 〈…〉 asse but some other gift he did take Verse 16. Thou and all thy congregation The Greeke expoundeth it Sanctifie thy congregation and be ye ready before the Lord c. Because their rebellion was against God verse 11. therefore Moses committeth the deciding of the controversie unto God Ver. 18. at the doore in the court-yard of the Sanctuary and Moses and Aaron Targum Ionathan explaineth it they on the one side and 〈◊〉 and Aaron on the other side Verse 19. assembled against them all not onely the 250 forementioned but the generall mu 〈…〉 tude too ready to incline to his faction See verse 41. glorie of Iehovah in the cloud over the Sanctuary as it did at other times in the like cases 〈◊〉 42. Num. 12. 5. and 14. 10. Verse 21. as in a moment or even in a moment suddenly and as the Greeke translateth at once So in verse 45. and thus God had before threatned after they had made the â—â—lfe Exod. 33. 5. Verse 22. God of the spirits of all flesh By all flesh is meant all mankinde as in Gen. 6. 13. 〈◊〉 40. 5. 6. Ezek. 20. 48. and 21. 4 5. Ioel. 2. 28. and so it is explained in Iob 12. 10. the spirit of 〈◊〉 flâ—â—h of man And the Lord is called God of the spirits oâ— men both as he is creator of them who â—orm 〈…〉 the spirit of man within him Zach. 12. 1. called therefore the Father of spirits Heb. 12. 9. and as the preservation ordering and government 〈◊〉 them is in his hand both in life and death 〈…〉 hand is the soule of all living and the spirit of 〈…〉 of man Iob 12. 10. Therefore Moses useth the like phrase when he prayeth that a governour might be substituted in his stead Num. 27. 16. Targum Ionathan explaineth it God that puttâ—â—â— the 〈◊〉 of the soule in the bodies of all the sonnes of men and Targum Ierusalemy thus God which rulest 〈◊〉 the soules of all flesh Chazkuni saith which knowest the spirit of every one of them The Greeke translateth God of the Fathers and of all flesh understanding as it seemeth by spirits such
the Lords first-fruits Rev. 14. 4. and have received the first-fruits of his Spirit Rom. 8. 23. so wee then doe give the first-fruits unto him when in Christ the true Sanctuary wee acknowledge that wee and ours are his and have this grace not of our selves or for our owne merits but of his goodnesse and liberality 2 Cor. 3. 5. Ephes. 2. 8 9 10. Tit. 3. 3 4 5 6. set it downe or leave it for the Priests which did after eat it The first-fruits were given to the men of the charge the Priests that ministred and they divided them among them as the other holy things of the Sanctuary Maimony in Bâ—ccurim ch 3. sect 1. It figured that wee should consecrate our selves and ours for ever unto the Lord Rom. 12. 1. and 6. 19. 22. Vers. 11. shalt rejoyce as they were bound to doe at all other feasts Deut. 16. 11 15. So that after this homage the people abode in the holy City all that night feasting and the next day they might depart and not before Hereupon the Hebrewes note seven things which they that brought first-fruits were bound unto the comming to the place and the vessell or basket the Profession to be made and the oblation or sacrifice and the Song and the Waving of it by the Priest and the tarrying all night When hee hath brought his first-fruits to the Sanctuary and made profession and offered his peace-offerings hee may not goe out of Ierusalem that day to returne to his owne place but must tarry there all night and returne on the morrow to his citie as it is written in Deut. 16. 7. and thou shalt turne in the morning and goe unto thy tents All the turnings which thou shalt turne out of the Sanctuary after thou art come thither shall not be but in the morning Maimony in Biccurim chap. 3. sect 14. in all the good or as the Greeke translateth for all the good things the chiefest whereof are the first-fruits of the spirit wherewith God sanctifieth his people as when Christ teacheth that Our Father which is in heaven will give good things to them that aske him Matth. 7. 11. another Evangelist expoundeth it he will give the holy Spirit to them that aske him Luke 11. 13. For this Spirit and graces of God which we have received we ought to rejoyce before him continually Psa. 100. Luk. 10. 20. Phil. 3. 1. 1 Pet. 1. 8. 1 Thess. 5. 16. Vers. 12. of thy revenue which the Greeke expoundeth of the fruits of thy land See the notes on Deut. 14. 22. the yeere of tithe that is the yeere when the second tithe was to be given to the poore which was the third and the sixt yeere of every seven yeeres whereof the Law was given before in Deut. 14. 28. The Greeke translateth the second tithe thou shalt give to the Levite c. Of this the Hebrewes say Wee are commanded to confesse before the LORD after that we have brought forth all the gifts which be of the seed of the land and this is called the Confession of the tithe And wee make not this Confession but after the yeere wherein we have separated the Tithes of the poore Deut. 26. 12. Maimony tom 3. in Maasar sheni or treat of the Second tithe chap. 11. sect 1 2. within thy gates that is as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it thy cities see Deut. 14. 28. 29. Vers. 13. Then Hebr. And thou shalt say The time is recorded by the Hebrewes to be at the Minchah the Oblation in the last good day of the Passeover of the fourth yeere and of the seventh as it is said WHEN THOV HAST MADE AN END OF TITHING at the Feast wherein all the tithes are ended And the Passeover of the fourth yeere commeth not but all the fruits of the third yeere are tithed whether they be the fruits of the trees or fruits of the land Maimony in Maaser sheni ch 11. s. 3. The reason hereof was the Passeover was kept in Abib or March Deu. 16. 1. and the first of Tisri that is September was tho beginning of the yeere for the tithes of corne seeds and herbs and the fifteenth of 〈◊〉 which wee call Ianuary was the beginning of the yeer for 〈◊〉 of the fruits of trees as Maimony sheweth in Maaser sheni c. 1. s. 2. so by March following the tithes of the third yeere which they had 〈◊〉 up wiâ—hin their gates Deut. 14. 28. might all be bestowed and the Passeover was the next feast th 〈…〉 〈…〉 ed when all men were bound to appeare 〈◊〉 the Lord Deut. 16. 16. say before 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that by this solemne confession they might testifie their voluntary obedience to his lawes with a cleare conscience and so crave expect his further blessing The Hebrewes say This confession might be uttered in any language that a man spak and every one spake for himselfe and if many would confesse joyntly in one they might And it is commanded to be done in the Sanctuary BEFORE THE LORD and if they confessed in any place they were discharged Maim in Maaser sheni c. 11. s. 5 6. put away the holy thing in Chaldee the holy thing of the 〈…〉 he Hebr. the holinesse meaning things of holinesse as the Greek translateth I have purged the holy thingâ— out of my house so that this confession respected not the tithe of the poore onely but all other holy things which they were bound to give unto God or his Ministers or the poore And putting away signifieth the removing and utter taking away so that nothing remaineth So the Hebrewes say A man confesseth not untill there he not any of the gifts remaining with him as it is said I have put away the holy thing out of mine house And in the evening of the last good day of the Passeover was the putting away and on the morrow was the confession Thus he did if there remained with him any heave-offering of the Tithe hee gave it to the Priest if any of the first tithe hee gave it to the Levites if any of the poores tube hee gave it to the poore If there remained with him any of the fruits of the second tithe of confession or of that which was of the fourth yeeres plantation Levit 19. 24. or any money of their redemption loe he put them away and cast them into the Sea or burnt them If any first-fruits remained with him hee put them away in every place where by is meant that he burned and put away that which remained with him of the fruits which he could not eat all of them before the good day came c. Hee cannot confesse till hee have brought out all the gifts as it is said I HAVE PVT AWAY THE HOLY THING that is the second tithe and the fourth yeeres plantation called HOLY Lev. 19. 24. OVT OF my HOVSE that is the Cake Num. 15. 20. which is the Priests gift in the house I HAVE GIVEN IT TO THE LEVITE this is
signifieth From is sometime put for unto by the interpretation of the Holy Ghost himselfe as from Baale of Iudah 2 Sam. 6. 2. is by another Prophet explained to Baalah 1 Chron. 13. 6. So the Deliverer shall come from or out of Sion Rom. 11. 26. is the same that hee shall come unto Sion Esay 59. 20. Min hashamajim from heaven 2 Chron. 6. 21. is El hashamajim unto or in heaven 1 King 8. 30. Thus Mikkedem is to the East or Eastward Gen. 13. 11. Mitstsâ—phon is Northward 1 Sam. 14. 5. and sundrie the like Sinai is a mountaine in Arabia Gal. 4. 25. where God gave his Law Exod. 19. from or out of that mountaine God came unto Israel and as the Chaldee interpreteth was revealed there unto them and from thence came with his people to conduct them towards Canaan Or came unto Sinai and to his people there And this is the first chiefe blessing unto Israel Gods Law Tabernacle Statutes and Iudgments given them at Sinai after which hee called them to journey towards the Land of promise Deut. 2. 6 7. rose up as the Sunne ariseth for of that rising the Hebrew word is properly used The Chaldee translateth it the brightnesse of his glory from Seir appeared unto us So Esaias prophesying grace to the Church saith The glory of Iehovah is risen as the Sunne upon thee And of the heavenly Ierusalem which Christ hath built it is said The Citie hath no need of the Sunne neither of the Moone to shine in it for the glory of God doth lighten it and the Lambe is the light thereof Rev. 21. 23. from Seir the mountaine of the Edomites Deut. 2. 4. 5. As Israel compassed Edoms land they were stung with fiery serpents for their murmuring then God appointed the Brazen serpent a figure of Christ to be set up to heale them Num. 21 4. 9. And here was a second degree of grace whereby God shined unto them as he doth unto us by his Gospell after wee have beene under the Schoolemaster of his Law Rom. 7. 4 25. Gal. 3. 23 24 26. unto them or unto him meaning Israel therefore the Chaldee expoundeth it unto us shined forth or shined bright and cleare as the Sunne shineth in his strength This word is used for the cleare manifestation of Gods power in saving his people or punishing their enemies Psal. 82. and 94. 1. and 50. 2. The Greeke here translateth hee hastened from mount Pharan the Chaldee hee was revealed in his might upon mount Paran Pharan or Paran the name of a mount and of the wildernesse of the Ismaelites Gen. 21. 21. thorow which Israel travelled Num. 10. 12. Neere it Moses by the Spirit of God explained the law more cleerly repeated this booke of Deuteron Deut. 1. 1 c. So the Prophet after speaketh the Holy one came from mount Pharan Selah Habak 3. 3. Some of the Hebrewes understand these things otherwise thus Hee rose up from Seir unto them that is to the sonnes of Esan that they might receive the Law but they would not From thence hee went to the sonnes of Ismael that they might receive it but they would not And then he came unto Israel R. Sol. Iarchi on Deut. 33. So Ionathan in his Thargum on this place and R. Eliezer in Pirkei chap. 41. But unto us it sheweth the third degree of Gods grace who after wee are come unto Christ by faith doth sanctifie us by his Spirit informing us in his truth and waies and so prepareth us to enter into his heavenly rest as by Moses he prepared Israel to enter into the Land of Canaan Rom. 8. 2 3 11. Gal. 3. 2 14. and 4. 6. and 5. 16 18 of Saints Hebr. of sanctitie meaning spirits of sanctity which Ionathan in his Thargum expoundeth holy Angels So Stephen saith that Israel received the Law by thy disposition of Angels Act. 7. 53. and Paul calleth the Law the word spoken by Angels Heb. 2. 2. So wee by grace in Christ are come to ten thousands of Angels Heb. 12. 22. which are all ministring spirits sent forth to minister for them who shall bee heires of salvation Heb. 1. 14. Compare Psal. 68. 18. Or by Saints wee may understand the Israelites as in v. 3. with whom or for whom God came from Sinai from his right hand to wit went or at his right hand was the fire of the Law or of the ordinance Hebr. Esh dath of which word Dath the Greekes borrowed their word Tatto to order or ordaine the Legall fire or the fiery Law and it is so called because the Lord spake those words out of the midst of the fine Deut. 5. 22. and to shew the nature and effect of the Law which is like fire Ier. 23. 29. The Greeke translateth it Angels Angels with him the Chaldee thus his right hand wrote out of the midst of fire the Law he gave unto us Answerable to this Legall fire is that fire of the Law of the Spirit which was given with cloven tongues like fire Act. 2. 3 4. The Hebrewes say by tradition that the Law appeared written with blacke fire upon white fire before the Lord. R. Moses Gerundens and Sol. Iarchi on Deut. 33. which seemeth to be either mysticall or fabulous Vnto us the fire of the Law is the Spirit of God whiles wee being baptized with the holy Spirit and with fire Matth. 3. 11. are by the Law of the Spirit of life in Christ Iesus made free from the Law of sinne and death Rom. 8. 2. Vers. 3. Yea the lover of the peoples that is yea or certainly hee loveth or thou O God lovest the peoples or protectest them The Hebrew Chobeb signifieth a loving embracing or hiding as in the bosome and so implyeth Love and Protection And the peoples are meant of the tribes of Israel as in Iudg. 5. 14. after thee Benjamin among thy peoples and in Act. 4. 27. the peoples of Israel The Greeke translateth And he spared his people the Chaldee yea he loved them for tribes that is of his love chose and disposed them to be tribes It may imply also the strangers converted unto God And now in Christ there is neither Iew nor Greeke neither bond nor free for we are all one in him Gal. 3. 28. all his Saints that is the Saints of Israel as the Chaldee expoundeth all the Saints of the house of Israel Or the Saints of God as in Psal. 34. 10. Feare Iehovah yee his Saints So his Saints may be used for thy Saints as his commandements Dan. 9. 4. for thy commandements see the notes on Deut. 5. 10. in thine hand in thy power and custody under thy guidance care and protection Hand is often for power so the Chaldee here translateth with power hee brought them out of Egypt and in the hand is under the guidance and direction Num. 4. 28 33. so the Greeke here translateth and all the sanctified ones are under thine hand It noteth the safety of Gods
it meaneth otherwise as in the next verse See my enemies forgive or lift up take away This word which properly signifieth to take up or beare is applied to forgivenesse of sinnes Rom. 4. 7. from Psal. 32. 1. and the phrase hath reference to Christ who bare and tooke away the sinnes of the world Ioh. 1. 29. For when it is applied to a man himselfe bearing his owne sinne it meaneth guilt and punishment Num 5. 31. Vers. 19. of violent wrong that is most violent or wrongfull hatred Vers. 22. his distresses or their distresses for Israel being put for the whole people may have with it a word singular or plurall which the Hebrew text also often sheweth as all Edom was 2 Sam. 8. 14. or all Edom were 1 Chron. 18. 13. The like is in 2 King 23. 30. with 2 Chron. 36. 1. He tooke or they tooke speaking of the people PSAL. XXVI David committeth the triall of himselfe unto God in confidence of his integritie and good conversation 9 He prayeth formercy 11. and promiseth upright walking and thankefulnesse A Psalme of David IVdge me Iehovah for I walke in my perfection and doe trust in Iehovah I shall not stagger Prove me Iehovah and tempt mee trie my reines and my heart For thy mercie is before mine eyes and I walk in thy truth I doe not sit with mortall men of false vanity and with the hidden I enter not I hate the Church of evill doers and with the wicked I sit not I will wash my hands with cleannesse and compasse thine altar Iehovah To cause to heare with voice of confession and to tell all thy marvellous workes Iehovah I love the mansion of thy house and the place of the habitation of thy glory Gather not my soule with sinners and my life with men of blouds In whose hands is a mischievous purpose their right hand is full of bribes And I doe walke in my perfection redeeme thou me and be gracious to me My foot standeth in righteousnesse in the Churches I will blesse Iehovah Annotations IN my perfection or integritie simplicitie and that is when a man meaneth not nor witteth of any evill 2 Sam. 15. 11. Such a walker walketh confidently and blessed shall be his children after him Prov. 10. 9. and 20. 7. in Iehovah Chaldee in the word of the Lord. Vers. 2. try my reines examine as in the fire my inmost affections Thus Iob also offered himselfe to triall Iob. 31. 6. Vers. 3. I walke to wit continually as the forme of this word importeth or converse The Greeke saith I have pleased so to walke with God is to please God Heb. 11. 5. Vers. 4. men of false vanitie that is vaine mortall men or false persons Iob 11. 11. So Ieremie saith he sate not in the secret assemblie of mockers Ier. 15. 17. the hidden that is hypocrites dissemblers secret evill doers as the Chaldee saith with them that hide themselves to doe evill I enter not or come not that is have no company or conversation So the word is also used Ios 23. 7. Vers. 5. church of evill doers the malignant church or congregation Vers. 6. my hands with cleannesse or palms in innocency He hath respect to the washing which God appointed for such as came to his altar Exod. 40 32. Hereupon we are willed to lift up pure hands when we pray unto God 1 Tim. 2. 8. See also Esai 1. 15 16. Vers. 7. To cause to heare that is to sound forth or proclaime so as may be heard So Psal. 66. 8. and 106. 2. And in 1 Chron. 15. 16. David appointed Levites with instruments to cause to heare or to resound lifting up the voice with joy Vers. 8. mansion or habitation This name is given to the tabernacle which Moses made and God dwelt in 1 Sā 2. 29. 32. afterward to Solomons temple 2 Chron. 36. 15. And heaven it selfe is also thus called Deut. 26. 15. where there are many mansions Ioh. 14. 2. of the habitation or the habitacle the tabernacle The tent which Moses made was thus called Exod. 26. 1. 6. and Solomons house 2 Chron. 29. 6. In Exod. 40. 34 35. it is shewed how Gods glory filled that tabernacle when he first tooke possession of it whereupon it is here called the habitacle of his glory or honour and elsewhere the habitacle of the Lord Levit. 17. 4. and of his name Psal. 74. 7. Vers. 9 Gather not my soule Gathering is used for taking away as Ier. 16. 5. Esa. 4. 1. and so for death Esa. 57. 1. 1 Sam. 15. 6. Ezek. 34. 29. and sometime is expressed to whom they are gathered as to their fathers to their people to the grave 2 King 22. 20. Num. 20. 24. 26. and what is gathered the soule as here or the ghost the spirit as Psal. 104. 29. So David here desireth that God would not take away his life among sinners that is with such as for their crimes deserve to die as 1 King 1. 21. Contrariwise gathering is sometime used for gracious receiving or succouring as Psal. 27. 10. men of blouds bloud-guiltie persons See Psal. 5. 7. The Chaldee expoundeth it with men that shed innocent bloud Vers. 10. a mischievous purpose craftily devised evill The Chaldee translateth it counsell of sinne the Greeke iniquities See Psal. 10. 2. Sometime this word is generally used for any abominable evill Levit. 18. 17. and 19. 29. and 20. 14. full of bribes and consequently of injustice for bribes cause justice to be perverted Deut. 16. 19. Contrariwise Gods right hand is full of justice Psal. 48. 11. Vers. 12. in righteousnesse or in a right even and plaine place as the word signifieth Deut. 3. 10. Ier. 21. 13. the Apostle expresseth the word by righteousnesse Heb. 1. 8. from Ps. 45. 7. it is opposed to crookednesse Esa. 40. 4. See also Ps. 27. 11. in the churches or cōgregations assemblies church-meetings called in Greeke ecclesiais and so in the new testament 1 Cor. 14. 34. So also Psal. 68. 27. The Chaldee translateth the congregation of just men PSAL. XXVII David sustaineth his faith by the power of God 4 by his love to the service of God 9 by prayer for Gods assistance and instruction 13 The fruits of faith and patience APsalme of David Iehovah is my light and my salvation for whom should I feare Iehovah is the strength of my life for whom should I dread When evill doers made battell against me to eat my flesh my distressers and my enemies to me themselves stumbled and fell If a pitched host shal pitch against me my heart shal not feare if warre shall rise up against me in this I trust One thing I have asked of Iehovah the same I will request that I may sit in the house of Iehovah all the dayes of my life to view the pleasantnesse of Iehovah and to inquire in his Palace For he will keepe me privily in his pavilion in the day of evill he will keepe me
thus wast thou decked with gold and silver Ezek. 16. 11. 12. 13. The spirituall signification according to either similitude is one and the same as after shall bee shewed rowes in Hebr. Torim which being of the singular Tor signifieth a disposition row or orderly course of things and hath affinity with Torah which hath the name of the Law in Hebrew and the one is put as an examplanation of the other as David said Is this the Law of man ô Lord God 2 Samuel 7. 19. which another Prophet relateth thus thou hast regarded me according to the order disposition or estate of a man of high degree ô Lord God 1 Chron. 17. 17. And indeed the Law of God is his ordinance or orderly disposition of his precepts the rules and canons of our life The same word Tor is also used for a Turtle-dove and Torim are Turtles as in the law of sacrifices Lev. 12. which some therefore take here to be jewels or ornaments that had the figures of Turtle doves And so the Greeke version here translateth How beautifull are thy cheekes as of a turtle dove But in the verse following where the same word is againe used the Greeke translateth We will make for thee similitudes of gold chaine 's in Heb. Charuzim a word not found but in this one place translated in Gr. collars or chaines and is interpreted by the Hebrew Doctors chaines or jewels hanged on a string like chaines to put about the necke These rowes and chaines signifie the Lawes and ordinances of God wherewith he adorneth the face and necke of his Church that in her profession practice and obedience she may bee comely and gracious in the sight of God and his people and being guided by them may vanquish her enemies Thus Solomon elsewhere saith there is gold and a multitude of rubies but the lips of knowledge are a precious jewel Proverb 20. 15. And againe My sonne heare the instruction of thy father and forsake not the law of thy mother for they shall be an ornament of grace unto thine head and chains about thy necke Proverb 1. 8. 9. They meane also the gracious effects which the Law and doctrine of God worketh in his people of humility reverence and other vertues as on the contrary pride and other like vices are said to compasse evill men about as a chaine and violence to cover them as a garment Psalme 73. 6. Likewise holy persons that teach instruct reprove and such as receive doctrine and reproofe Proverb 25. 12. and reproofes themselves are pearles Matth. 7. Thus also the Hebrewes understood this Scripture as the Chaldee paraphrase here saith When the Israelites went forth into the Wildernesse the Lord said unto Moses How fayre is this people that the words of the Law should bee given unto them that they may be as bridles in their jawes that they depart not out of the good way as an horse goeth not aside that hath a bridle in his jawes and how faire is their necke to beare the yoake of my precepts that they may bee upon them as a yoake on thenecke of a bullocke that ploweth in the field and feedeth both it selfe and the master thereof Vers. 11. We will make for thee A promise of encrease of graces to the Church by We is understood the mystery of the Trinity as in Genesis 1. 26. Let us make man So in Rev. 1. 4. 5. Grace and peace is wished from the Father Sonne and Holy Ghost and in 1 Corinth 12. 4. 5. 6. the diversities of gifts are noted to be of the Spirit the diversities of ministeries whereby those gifts are administred to be of the Lord Christ and the diversities of operations effected by the gifts and ministeries to bee of God the Father The Hebrewes also as Sol. larchi here interpret it I and my judgement hall by which phrase the Trinity of old was implyed though now the faithlesse deny the same for a judgement hall in Israel consisted of three at the least which in their close manner of speech they applyed unto GOD but their posterity understood it not Christ here teacheth his Church that every grace and good gift is from GOD as also the increase thereof Iames 1. 17. Ephes. 3. 16. that the spirituall ornaments are of his making who worketh in us both to will and to doe of his good pleasure Phil. 2. 13. Also that to him that hath shall be given and he shall have more abundance Matth. 13. 12. As in our bodies wee come naked into this world without clothes or ornaments so is the estate of our soules by nature naked and bare Ezek. 16. 4. 7. till Christ of his grace by his Spirit clotheth and adorneth us Revelation 3. 18. rowes of gold he spake before of rowes simply now he addeth of gold either to signifie more excellent ordinances and graces under the Gospell then under the Law as hee promiseth For brasse I will bring gold and for â—ron I will bring silver c. Esay 60. 17. that should proceed from faith and love and not from feare as when shee was under the bridle of the Law for wee should not bee like horse and mule whose jaw must bee bound with bit and bridle Psalme 32. 9. and yeeld obedience by constraint or it meaneth a new supply of graces so that we are changed into the image of God from glory to glory even as by the spirit of the Lord 2 Corinth 3. 18. These promises may respect both the rules ordinances gifts and graces bestowed on his people Proverbes 20. 15. and the persons themselves that are furnished with those graces as the precious sonnes of Zion are said to bee comparable to fine gold Lament 4. 1. speckes of silver in Greeke markes of silver which word markes Stigmata Paul useth in Galatians 6. 17. speaking of the markes of the Lord Iesus by suffering for his Gospell Here it meaneth variety of graces in the communion of the Saints for their mutuall helpe comfort and delight as is opened in Proverb 25. 11. 12. A word fitly spoken is like Apples of gold with pictures of silver As an eare-ring of gold and an ornament of fine gold so is a wise reprover upon an obedient eare Where we are taught that both instructions and reproofes are the ornaments of the Saints when they are prudently uttered and obediently received Neither of which can bee without the speciall grace of God who both maketh these ornaments for us and maketh us fit to receive and put them on for The hearing eare and the seeing eye the Lord hath made even both of them Proverbs 20. 12. The Chaldee paraphrast expoundeth this verse of the Law which God gave unto Israel on the two tables by the hand of Moses But though the ordinances of the Law were likened to gold and silver wherewith the Church then was decked as God telleth them in Ezekiel 16. 13. and the law of his mouth was better to his people then thousands of gold and
signe unto men that they should enter into his Rest or Sabbatisme Heb. 4. 9. and that the Lord their God doth sanctifie them Ezek. 20. 12. and thus the Sabbath was made for man Mar. 2. 27. and made Heb. to make that is to exist be and that perfectly and gloriously as by divine power of creation Or rather created and made perfectly and excellently for so the Hebrew phrase may be explained as in 1 Chro. 13. 9. Vzza put forth his hand to hold the Arke for which in 1 Sam. 6. 6. is sayd and held it So in Exod. 17. 10. Making also is often used for perfecting polishing magnifying Exod. 36. 2. Ezek. 41. 18. 19. 1 Sam. 12. 6. Psalme 118. 24. The Greeke translateth which GOD had begun to make V. 4. the generations the Greeke turneth it the booke or storie of the generation that is of the procreation or making of the world and of the accidents that fell out in time after So other scriptures speake of the begetting and gendering of the dew and frost Iob 38. 28. 29. of the bearing and bringing forth of the earth Psal. 90. 2. and of that which a day may bring forth Prov. 27. 1. the day that is the time so day is used for the time wherein any thing is done as the day of salvation 2 Cor. 6. 2. this thy day Luk. 19. 42. and sundry the like Iehovah This is Gods proper name Exod. 15. 3. the force whereof is opened in Rev. 1. 4. 8. 11. 17. 16. 5. by He that is that was and that will be or is to come It commeth of Havah he was and by the first letter I it signifieth he will be and by the second Ho it signifieth hee is This the Hebrew Doctors acknowledge for R. Bechai on Exodus fol. 65 saith that these three times past present and to come are comprehended in this proper name Iehovah as is knowne unto all It implieth also that God hath his being or existence of him-selfe before the world was Esa. 44. 6. that he giveth being unto all things for in him they both are and consist Act. 17. 25. that he giueth being to his word effecting whatsoever he speaketh Exod. 6. 3. Esa. 45. 2. 3. Ezek. 5. 17. And thus it differeth from Adonai Lord which is Gods name of his sustentation and dominion whereas Iehovah is his name of existing or being to which agreeth that name Ehjeh I am or Will be Exod. 3. 14. and Iehovih Gen. 15. 2. and Iah Exod. 15. 2. Howbeit the Greeke version turneth Iehovah Lord as well as Adonai and the New Testament often followeth the same as the Lord sayd to my lord Math. 22. 44. for that which is in Hebrew Iehovah sayd to my lord Psal. 110. 1. and many the like Which is to be observed in the Apostles writings for the understanding of sundry speeches as Ro. 10. 9. if thou shalt confesse that Iesus is the Lord that is Iehovah as he is named in Ier. 23. 6. So in 1 Cor. 12. 3 no man can say that Iesus is the Lord that is Iehovah but by the holy Ghost Many times they use God in stead of this name Iehovah as 2 Sam. 7. 3. Iehovah is with thee for which in 1 Chron. 17. 2. is written God is with thee 2 King 11. 10. the house of Iehovah for which in 2 Chron. 23. 9. is the house of God So the mouth of Iehovah Deut. 8. 3. is interpreted the mouth of God Math. 4 4. and beleefe in Iehovah Gen. 15. 6. is beleefe in God Rom. 4. 3. Iam. 2. 23. Iehovah hath given me Esa 8. 18. is God hath given me Heb. 2. 13. And this is the name not onely of God the Father but also of the Son and of the Holy Ghost as in Ioh. 12. 40. 41. Acts 28. 25. 26. compared with Esai 6. The Iewes at this day hold it unlawfull to be pronounced so as it is written but read Adonai Lord for it But in the sanctuarie they grant it was pronounced when the Priest blessed the people according to the law in Num. 6. 23. 27. Talmud in Sotah ch 7. fol. 37. Verse 5. plant or tree as the Chaldee interprets it A generall word therefore the Greeke translateth it greene thing before it was or which was not yet neyther should have beene had not God made them by his word who still causeth such things to grow Psal. 104. 14. caused it to rayne which rayne is the ordinary meanes to make the earth fruitfull Iob 38. 26. 27. Heb. 6. 7. And this is spoken of God because none but hee can give rayne Ier. 14. 22. Verse 6. And a mist or vapour the Chaldee calleth it a cloud the Greeke a fountaine As being the originall matter of the rayne for by vapours ascending from the earth and sea rayne is ingendred and powred out on the earth Psalme 135. 7. Amos 5. 8. 1 King 18. 44. V. 7. formed man or the earthly man Adam Hereupon it is sayd we are the clay and thou Lord our former or potter Esa. 64. 8. dust or mould that is of the dust as Eccles. 3. 20. but the speech is forcible noting mans base originall whereof he was after put in minde Gen. 3. 19. and we all Eccles. 12. 7. Hereupon Paul sayth the first man was of the earth dustie 1 Cor. 15. 47. and wee are sayd to dwell in houses of clay and to have our foundation in the dust Iob 4. 19. inspired or blew This sheweth mans spirit not to be of the earth as his bodie but of nothing by the insufflation of God and so differing from the spirit of beasts as Solomon observeth Eccles. 3. 21. This word is used also when Christ for to make men new creatures by the preaching of the Gospell inspired his Apostles with the holy Ghost Ioh. 20. 22. The Rabbines say The forme of the soule of man is not compounded of the elements c. but is of the Lord from heaven Therefore when the materiall body which is compounded of the elements is separated and the breath perisheth because it is not found but with the body and is needfull for the body in all the actions thereof this essentiall forme is not destroyed c. but continueth for ever even for ever and ever This is that which Solomon by his wisedome sayd in Eccles. 12. 7. and dust shall returne unto the earth as it was and the spirit shall returne unto God who gave it Maimony in Misn. in Iesudei hatorah ch 4. s. 9. breath of life or spirit of lives whereby is intimated one spirit or soule to be in man which hath sundry faculties and operations The breath here is in Hebrew Neshamah which hath affinitie with Shamajim heavens usually it signifieth eyther the breath of God or of men not of other things and so it is put for mans minde or reasonable soule and the Latine word Mens minde is of the same consonant letters that the Hebrew and of it derived
And this Minde is the Lords candle searching all the toward roomes of the belly Prov. 20. 27. The Hebrew lives is by the holy Ghost translated in Greeke life Act. 2. 28. from Psal. 16. 11. and it is so 〈◊〉 in the forme plurall because in life there are ma 〈…〉 operations changes occurrences c. that doe fall out and men or Adam which Paul openeth thus the first man Adam 1 Cor. 15. 45 was or was to that is become a living soule The word to as it is often expressed so is it sometime omitted in the Hebrew text◠as 〈◊〉 Chron. 18. 21. I will be to or for a lying spirit which in 1 King 22. 22. is written I will be a lying spirit unto this living soule Paul opposeth the second Adam Christ who is a livemaking spirit 1 Cor. 15. 45. where he compareth living or quicke with livemaking or quickning soule with spirit as also the souly or naturall body with the spirituall verse 44. 46. So by living soule here is meant the naturall estate of life in this world where men doe eat and drinke procreate children c. which in the world to come shall be otherwise when this animalitie or souly state shall be changed into spiritualtie As for the terme of this our souly or naturall life it dureth while our breath is in us and the spirit of God in our nostrills Iob 27. 3. for the breath of the Almighty giveth us life Iob 33. 4. And here for a living soule the Chaldee translateth speaking that is reasonable because man hath a soule reasonable wherby he speaketh so differing from dumbe beasts Psal. 32. 9. 2 Pet. 2. 16. The Hebrew Doctors say the forme of the inferiour Adam mystically signified the forme of the superiour Adam R. Menachem on Gen. 5. 1. The mystery is opened by the Apostle thus The first man is of the earth earthly the second man is of the Lord from heaven 1 Cor. 15. 47. V. 8. a garden called hereupon the garden of Iehovah Gen. 13. 10. the Greeke translateth it a paradise which name is borrowed from the Hebrew pardese that signifieth an orchard Song 4. 13. Eccles 2. 5. This place for the pleasantnesse of it is made a figure of heaven named paradise in Luk. 23. 43. 2 Cor. 12. 4. It is also applied to the Church of Christ Revel 21. 22. So the Hebrew Doctors gathered from Song 4. 12. that this garden signified the Church of Israel R. Menachem on Gen. 2. 8. in Eden a countrie in the upper part of Chaldea mentioned in Esa. 35. 12. Ezek. 27. 23. and other where Eden signifieth Pleasure of it the Greekes name Pleasure Hedone and the name sheweth it to bee the pleasantest part of the world wherefore comparisons are made by it Esa. 51. 3. Ezek. 31. 16. 18. Vers. 9. desireable that is goodly pleasant tall excellent as Cedars and the like See Ezek. 31. 8. 9. 18. tree of life which was continually flourishing and fruitfull unto which the scripture seemeth to have reference in describing the spirituall Paradise under the Gospell mentioning the tree of life which bare twelve manner of fruits and yeelded her fruit every moneth and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations Rev. 22. 2. This was unto Adam a symbolicall tree a signe not onely of a blessed naturall life in Paradise for a time but of a spirituall life after in Heaven for ever if he continued in obedience to his Creator For as the bread of life is that which giveth life eternall to them that eate of it Ioh. 6. 48. 50. 51. so this tree of life signified the like as God himselfe after sheweth Gen. 3. 22. Compare also Prov. 13. 12. midst of the garden the Greeke sayth of the paradise which the Holy Ghost followeth in Rev. 2. 7. saying to him that overcommeth I will give to eate of the tree of life which is in the midst of the Paradise of God The word midst often signifieth no more then within as in Gen. 41. 48 amidst the same City that is within the same So in the midst of thornes Luke 8. 7. is among or into the thornes Mat. 4. 7. And the tree of knowledge is said also to be in the midst of the garden that is within it Gen. 3. 3. the knowledge of good and evill so named because of Gods law which forbad man to eate of this tree should teach what is good and evill be a rule of obedience shewing mans goodnesse and righteousnesse if he did obey as Deut. 6. 25. or his evill if he did transgresse for the knowledge of sinne is by the law Rom. 3. 20. Also knowledge is used for sense or experience Gen. 12. 12 Song 6. 11. Esay 59. 8. and sometime for most neere union and conjunction Gen. 4. 1. and this tree might so have the name of the event because Adam by eating of it brought evill into the world was commingled and defiled with it and felt the misery of it in his owne conscience experience Gen. 3. 6. 7. The Greeke translateth a tree to know that which may be knowne of good and evill and the Chaldee thus a tree of whose fruit they that eate shall know the difference between good and evill So in Thargum Ierusalemy likewise Vers. 10. to water From this river and the use of it in Paradise the Scripture speaketh of Gods spirit and graces in his Church as the pure river of the water of life Rev. 22. 1. the river of God full of waters Psal. 65. 10. the river whose streames make glad the city of God Psal. 46. 5. See Iohn 7. 38. 39. was to that is became into foure heads meaning foure beginnings of other rivers Vers. 11. Pison or as in the Greeke Phison it is so called of the multitude or increase of waters The Scripture elsewhere speaketh not of it compasseth This word is sometime used for turning and passing along by though not round about as in Ios. 15. 3. and 16. 6. where the Greeke translateth it perieleusetai passe by and so it may be taked here Havilah in Greeke Evilat This was the name of two men one the sonne of Cush the sonne of Cham the sonne of Noe Gen. 10. 7. the country where hee dwelt was called by his name and that is it here mentioned and after in Gen. 25. 18. 1 Sam. 15. 7. Another Havilah was the sonne of Ioktan the sonne of Heber of the race of Sem sonne of Noe Gen. 1029. His countrie befell him in the East Indies Vers. 12. good that is fine precious so in 2 Chr. 3. 5. Bdelium the name of a tree and of a sweet gumme that runneth from it The Hebrew name is Bedólach and some thinke it to bee a kind of Pearle the Manna was like unto it and the colour white Num. 11. 7. Exod. 16. 31. Beryll a precious stone called in Hebrew Shoham which the Greeke in Exod. 28. 20. translateth a Beryll the Chaldee calleth it
ANd it was when men began to multiply on the face of the earth and daughters were borne unto them That the sonnes of God saw the daughters of men that they were faire and they tooke unto them wives of all which they chose And Iehovah said My spirit shall not strive with man for ever for that he also is flesh and his dayes shall be an hundred and twentie yeeres There were Giants in the earth in those dayes and also after that when the sonnes of God went-in unto the daughters of men and they bare children to them they were mighty men which were of old men of name And Iehovah saw that the wickednesse of man was much in the earth and every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was onely evill every day And it repented Iehovah that he had made man on the earth it grieved him at his heart And Iehovah said I will blot-out man whom I have created from the face of the earth from man unto beast unto the creeping-thing and unto the fowle of the heavens for it repenteth me that I have made them But Noe found grace in the eyes of Iehovah 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 THESE are THE GENERATIONS OF NOE Noe was a just man perfect in his generations Noe walked with God And Noe begat three sonnes Sem Cham and Iapheth And the earth was corrupt before God and the earth was filled with violent-wrong And God saw the earth and loe it was corrupt for all flesh had corrupted his way upon the earth And God said unto Noe An end of all flesh is come before me for the earth is filled with violent wrong from the face of them and behold I destroy them with the earth Make for thee an Arke of Gopher trees nests shalt thou make in the Arke and shalt pitch it within and without with pitch And this the fashion which thou shalt make it of three hundred cubits the length of the Arke fifty cubits the bredth of it and thirty cubits the height of it A cleare-light shalt thou make to the Arke and in a cubit shalt thou finish it from above and the doore of the Arke shalt thou set in the side thereof with lower second and third stories shalt thou make it And I behold I doe bring the Flood of waters upon the earth to destroy all flesh which hath in it the spirit of life from under the heavens every-thing that is in the earth shall give-up the ghost But I will stablish my covenant with thee and thou shalt enter into the Arke thou and thy sonnes and thy wife and thy sonnes wives with thee And of every living thing of all flesh two of every sort shalt thou bring into the Arke to keep alive with thee they shall be male and female Of the fowle after his kinde and of the beast after his kinde of every creeping thing of the earth after his kind two of every sort shall come unto thee to keepe them alive And take thou unto thee of all meat that is eaten and thou shalt gather it to thee and it shall bee for thee and for them for meat And Noe did according to all that God commanded him so did he Annotations MEn Hebr. Adam put generally for men as the Greeke translateth and the last words of this verse doe confirme so the Chaldee saith the sonnes of man The posterity of Kain is hereby meant who increased faster then Seths did and sought so to doe by taking moe wives Gen. 4. 19. Vers. 2. the sons of God the men of the Church of God for unto such Moses saith ye are the sonnes of Iehovah your God Deut. 14. 1. so 1 Ioh. 3. 1. The name God in Hebrew Aelohim is in the forme plurall and sometime Princes are so named Exod. 21. 6. Psal. 82. so the Chaldee here translateth the sonnes of Princes understanding as I thinke Seth and the other Patriarchs daughters of men meaning of Kains posterity that were out of Gods Church Gen. 4. 14. and because they were not borne againe of God by the immortall seed of his word 1 Ioh. 3. 9. 10. 1 Pet. 1. 23. they continued children of the old Adam and naturall man still So Paul saith 1 Cor. 3. 3. walke ye not as men that is as unregenerate men fayre or goodly Hebr. good to weet of countenance as is expressed Gen. 24. 16. the Chaldee translateth it fayre tooke unto them that is tooke to themselves and regarded not the counsell of their godly parents who should by right take wives for their children nor the will of God whose law after forbad such prophane mariages Deut. 7. 3. 4. The like is noted of Esau Gen. 26. 34. 35. and 28. 8. 9. Thus corruption grew in families which they chose that is which they loved and liked following their owne affections So my chosen Esay 42. 1. is interpreted my beloved Mat. 12. 18. and choosing is often used for liking or delighting Ps. 25. 12. and 119. 173. Esay 1. 2. and so the Chaldee translateth it here Into this sinne Solomon also sâ—ll 〈◊〉 King 11. 1. 2. Vers. 3. my spirit This is that holy spirit of Christ by which he preached in the Patriarches and especially in Noe to the disobedient spirits of the olde world 1 Pet. 3. 18. 19. 20. 2 Pet. 2. 5. not strive or not judge that is not contend in judgement for so this word is elsewhere also used Eccles. 6. 10. and may here import both contending by preaching disputing convincing in the mouthes of the Patriarches as Nehem. 9. 30. and by inward motions and checks of conscience which his spirit gave them for their sinnes against which they that struggle fall into the sinne against the holy Ghost despiting the spirit of grace Heb. 10. 29. So the Spirit of God is sayd to be tempted resisted grieved Acts 5. 9. and 7. 51. Esay 63. 10. Ephes. 4. 30. with man or in man implying both the contending of the Prophets outward and of Gods spirit inwardly as before is observed Here the Church declined is called man or Adam to note their corrupt estate The Greek traÌ„slateth it my Spirit shall not continue in these men The Chaldee paraphraseth This evill generation shall not continue before me for ever understanding as it seemeth by the Spirit mans naturall soule and life which God would take away by the Flood he also that is these also which are my peculiar professant people is flesh that is is fleshly not having the spirit but walking after their owne lusts as Iude vers 19. 16. The flesh and the Spirit are also thus opposed Rom. 7. 5. 6. and 8. 8. 9. Gal. 5. 16. 17. So the Chaldee here saith For that they are flesh and their workes evill And this is the state of all men in their first birth for that which is borne of the flesh is flesh Ioh. 3. 6. 120. yeares meaning that so long time by Noes preaching and building the Arke they should have space given them
to repent or else then to perish This long-sufferance of God the Apostle mentioneth in 1 Pet. 3. 19. 20. 2 Pet. 2. 5. and sheweth the summe and end of his preaching to be that they might bee judged according to men in the flesh but live according to God in the spirit 1 Pet. 4. 6. that is they repenting and turning unto Christ the body might be dead because of sinne but the spirit be life because of righteousnesse Rom. 8. 10. So the Chaldee here saith A terme shall bee given them of 120 yeares if they will convert So many were the yeeres of Moses life Deut 34. 7. Vers. 4. Gyants in Hebrew Nephilim which hath the signification of falling as being Apostates faine from God and being fierce and cruell to men falling on them as Iob. 1. 15. and whom they made by feare and force to fall before them Such were men of great stature that other men were as grashoppers in respect of them Num. 13. 33. The Chaldee calleth them Gibbaraja that is mighty men and so Nimrod was Gibbor that is mighty on the earth Gen. 10. 8. the Greeke nameth them Giganies whereof our English is derived and the Greeke Poets feyned them to be borne of the earth noting them to be earthly minded not caring for heaven and borne also of such parents after that that is as before so after God had threatned their destruction that they were not bettered or brought to repentance went in namely into the chamber as is expressed Iudg. 15. 1. and consequently companyed with them in like sense as knowing is used before Gen. 4. 1. So David went in to Bathsheba Psal. 51. 2. Abram to Agar Genes 16. 2. Iaakob to his wife Gen. 29. 21. a modest phrase they bare to weet the women last mentioned or they the men begat children to themselves The Hebrew implyeth both mighty men the Greeke translateth this also Giants and it seemeth to bee an explanation of their former name men of name that is of renowm famous and renowmed Contrary hereto is men without name Iob 30. 8. Vers. 5. wickednesse or malice evill every imagination or the whole fiction the word is generall for all and every thing that the heart first imagineth formeth purposeth 1 Chron. 28. 9. and 29. 18. Luke 1. 51. every day or all the day that is continually The Greeke translateth thus and every one mindeth in his heart carefully for evils all dayes Vers. 6. it repented Iohovah This is spoken not properly for God repenteth not 1 Sam. 15. 29. but after the manner of men for God changing his deed and dealing otherwise then before doth as men doe when they repent So 1 Sam. 15. 11. the earth hereby teaching that there was none on earth whom God respected So that but for the second man Christ the Lord from heaven 1 Cor. 15. 47. whom Noe beleeved in the world had now beene consumed So the Hebrew Doctors as the Zohan upon this place saith man on the earth to except the man above or the superior Adam who was not on the earth it grieved him The Scripture giveth to God joy griefe anger c. not as any passions or contrary affections for he is most simple and unchangeable Iam. 1. 17. but by a kind of proportion because he doth of his immutable nature and will such things as men doe with those passions and changes of affections So heart hands eyes and other parts are attributed to him for effecting such things as men cannot doe but by such members God is said to be grieved for the corruption of his creatures contrariwise when he restoreth them by his grace hee rejoyceth in them Esay 65. 19. Psal. 104. 31. Of these phrases spoken concerning God the Hebrew Doctors write thus Forasmuch as it is cleare that God is no corporall or bodily thing it is also cleare that not any corporall accident or occurrence doth befall unto him neither composition nor division nor place nor measure nor going up nor comming downe nor right hand nor left hand nor face nor back-parts nor sitting nor standing neither beginning nor ending nor number of yeares neither is he chāgeable for nothing can cause him to change Neither is there in him death or life as the life of a corporall living thing nor folly nor wisedome according to humane wisedome nor sleepe nor waking nor anger nor laughter nor joy nor griefe nor silence nor speech as the sonnes of Adam speake c. but all these and the like things spoken of him in the Law and Prophets are parabolicall and figurative As when it is said Hee that sitteth in the heaven doth laugh Psalm 2. and the like of all such our wise men have said The Law speaketh according to the language of the sonnes of Adam And so he saith Doe they provoke me to anger Ier. 7. 19. againe hee saith I am the Lord I change not Mal. 3. 6. and if he be sometime angry and sometime joyfull then is he changeable But all these things are not found save in persons obscure and base that dwell in houses of clay whose foundation is in the dust but he the blessed God is blessed and exalted above all these Maimony in Iesud hatorah chap. 1. S. 11. 12. Vers. 7. blot-out that is destroy and abolish from man that is both men and beasts For as the beasts were made for man Gen. 1. 28. so they became subject to vanity and destruction through mans iniquity Gen. 3. 17. Rom. 8. 20. Vers. 8. found grace that is obtained favour or mercies as the Chaldee translateth it So this phrase is interpreted in Greeke sometime finding grace Heb. 4. 16. sometime finding mercy 2. Tim. 1. 18. and grace is opposed unto workes and unto debt Rom. 11. 6. and 4. 4. And it is a speciall title of God that he is named Gracious Exod. 34. 6. and a speciall prerogative of his people that they find grace in his eyes as after of Lot Gen. 19. 19. of Moses Exod. 33. 12. of David Act. 7. 45. of Marie Luke 1. 30. And the letters of * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Noes name are the letters of * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Grace in Hebrew the order being changed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 These three letters in the Hebrew Bibles do signifie the Parasha or great Section of Moses law which was a Lecture on the Sabbath day read in the Iewes Synagogues as is observed Act. 15. 21. to which was added a Lecture out of the Prophets Act. 13. 15. And the first Paragraph or Section which is from the creation hitherto they call Breshith that is In the beginning this second which reacheth to the twelvth Chapter they call Noe and so the rest There are in all 54. Sections in the Law which they read in the 52 Sabbaths joyning two of the shortest twice together that the whole might be finished in a yeares space Hereof the Hebrew Doctors write thus It is a common custome throughout all Israel that
which he condemned the world and became heyre of the justice which is by faith Heb. 11. 7. did or made it namely the Arke and all things appointed him of God Wherefore the Greeke so translateth Noe did or made all things and oftentimes a thing set downe thus generally is to bee understood of all and every particular the holy Ghost so expounding as in a like case Exod. 25. 40. looke and make them after their patterne that is looke thou make all things after the patterne Heb. 8. 5. So Deut. 27. 26. Cursed be he that confirmeth not the words of this law that is Cursed be every one that continueth not in all things written in the booke of the Law Gal. 3. 10. and sundry the like according to all so not onely the things themselves but the manner of doing them was according to the commandement of God Like praise was for the worke of the Tabernacle Exod. 39. 43. and 40. 16. CHAP. VII 1 God commandeth Noe and his house to enter into the Arke with beasts and fowles 7 Noe and they goe in 12 It raineth forty dayes and forty nights 17 the waters beare up the Arke 18 and drowne the earth 21 All that were on the dry land dyed 23 save Noe and those with him 24 The waters prevaile an hundred and fifty dayes ANd Iehovah said unto Noe Enter thou and all thy house into the Ark for thee have I seene just before mee in this generation Of every cleane beast thou shalt take to thee seven and seven the male and his female and of the beast which is not cleane two the male and his female Also of the fowle of the heavens seven and seven the male and the female to keepe alive seed upon the face of all the earth For seven dayes hence I will cause-it-to raine upon the earth forty dayes and forty nights and will blot-out every living substance that I have made from upon the face of the earth And Noe did according to all that Iehovah commanded him And Noe was sixe hundred yeeres old and the Flood was waters upon the earth And Noe went in and his sonnes and his wife and his sonnes wives with him into the Arke because of the waters of the Flood Of the cleane beast and of the beast which was not cleane and of the fowl and of every thing that creepeth upon the earth Two and two went in unto Noe into the Ark the male and the female even as God had commanded Noe. And it was at the seventh of the dayes that the waters of the Flood were upon the earth In the yeere the sixe hundred yeere of the life of Noe in the second moneth in the seventeenth day of the moneth in the same day all the fountaines of the great deepe were broken-up and the windowes of the heavens were opened And the raine was upon the earth forty dayes and forty nights In this selfe same day entred Noe and Sem and Cham and Iapheth the sonnes of Noe and the wife of Noe and the three wives of his sonnes with them into the Ark. They and every beast after his kind and all the cattell after their kind and every creeping-thing that creepeth upon the earth after his kind and every fowle after his kind every bird of every wing And they went in unto Noe into the Ark two and two of all flesh which had in it the spirit of life And they that went in went in male and female of all flesh even as God had commanded him and Iehovah shut him in And the Flood was forty dayes upon the earth and the waters increased and bare-up the arke and it was lift-up from the earth And the waters prevailed and were increased greatly upon the earth and the arke went upon the face of the waters And the waters prevailed most exceedingly upon the earth and all the high mountaines that are under all the heavens were covered Fifteene cubits upwards did the waters prevaile and the mountaines were covered And all flesh that moved upon the earth gave up the ghost of fowle and of cattell and of beast and of every creeping-thing that creepeth upon the earth and every man All which had the breath of the spirit of life in his nostrils of all which was in the dry land they died And every living substance was blotted out which was upon the face of the earth from man unto cattell unto the creeping thing and unto the fowle of the heavens and they were blotted out from the earth and Noe onely remained and they that were with him in the arke And the waters prevailed upon the earth a hundred and fifty dayes Annotations ENter thou that is Betake thy selfe unto my tuition and providence who will save thee and thine from the wrath that commeth upon the world 2 Pet. 2. 5. A like speech is made unto the godly in Esa. 26. 20. just before me that is syncerely just by faith and so heyre of the justice which is by faith Heb. 11. 7. for no flesh is just before God by the workes of the Law Rom. 3. 20. Noc is also named a preacher of justice 2 Pet. 2. 5. The just before God are opposed to hypocrites which justifie themselves before men Luke 16. 15. Rom. 2. 29. in this generation that is among the men of this age which are called the world of ungodly ones 2 Pet. 2. 5. See Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 2. of every cleâ—â—e beast Of these there were after by Moses law two sorts some cleane for men to eate in common use such as were all that parted the 〈…〉 two and chewed the cudd Lev. 11. 3. c. all other were uncleane And some that were clean for sacrifice to God which were either beeves or sheepe or goats Lev. 1. 2. 10. So of fowles many were counted cleane for mans meat Lev. 11. 13. 21. c. but for sacrifice to the Lord onely turâ—le doves and pigeons Lev. 1. 14. And all these sacrifices Abram offered Gen. 15. 9. and of every cleane beast and cleane fowle Noe offered a burnt offering after hee came out of the Arke Gen. 8. 20. wherefore by cleane beasts here such onely seeme to be meant as were sanctified of God for sacrifice which ordinances as appeareth were revealed of God to the Fathers from the beginning as divers others after written by Moses as clensing of mens persons and garments Gen. 35. 2. paying of tythes to the Priests Gen. 14. 20. offering of first fruits Gen. 4. 3. 4. and the like As for civill use all beasts seeme to be cleane to the sonnes of Noe for meat by that law in Gen. 9. 3. see the notes there By nature all Gods creatures are good Gen. 1. 31. and there is nothing uncleane of it selfe Rom. 14. 14. but onely by the institution of God to teach men holinesse and obedience Act. 10. 15. Lev. 11. 44. 45. and seven Hebr. seven seven that is by sevens or seven of each sort so after two two vers 9.
Ismael sonne of Agar the Aegyptian mocked and persecuted Isaak Gen. 21. 9. Gal. 4. 29. which fell out thirty yeeres after the promise Gen. 12. 3. which promise was 430 yeeres before the Law Gal. 3. 17. and 430 yeeres after that promise came Israel out of bondage Exod. 12. 41. Vers. 14. will judge that is punish as their sinnes deserve the judgements that God brought on the Egyptians are summed up in Psal. 105. 27. 36. and 78. 43. 51. handled at large in Exodus great substance or riches both of their owne and of the Egyptians whose jewels of silver gold and garments they caried away Exod. 12. 35 36. Vers. 15. unto thy fathers that is shalt die the body returning to the earth the spirit to God that gave it Eccles. 12. 7. with whom are the spirits of just and perfect men Heb. 12. 23. See this promise fulfilled in Gen. 25. 8. Vers. 16. the fourth generation This promise was verified when Eleazar the son of Aaron the sonne of Amran the sonne of Kohath came out of Egypt and parted the land of Canaan to Israel Ios. 14. 1. Kohath being one that went into Egypt with Iaakob Gen 46. 11 26. 1 Chron. 6. 2 3. of the Amorite that is the Amorites and other sinfull nations mentioned after verse 19 29 21. towards whom Gods patience should bee shewed till the measure of their sinnes were filled vp A like phrase is used Mat. 23. 32. Vers. 17. going downe the going downe of the sun and darknesse usually noteth calamities comming upon people Amos 8. 9 10. Esa. 5. 30. and 8. 22. and 9. 1 2. a smoking oven Heb. an oven of smoke but as a crowne of thornes Mat. 27. 29. is resolved a thornie crowne Mar. 15. 17. so this here as the Greeke translateth it a smoking oven or fornace And this word oven is used to note our great afflictions Mal. 4. 1. Psal. 21. 10. Lam. 5. 10. Luke 12. 28. So this smoking oven may represent Egypt the place of Israels affliction called by another like name an â—ron fornace Deut. 4. 20. Ier. 11. 4. The Ierusalemy Thargum applyeth this vision to Gehenna or hell Fyre prepared for the wicked a lampe or torch of fire that is a burning lampe the Greeke turneth it lampes of fire and the Hebrew often useth one for many see Gen. 3. 2. and 4. 20. This representeth the covenant betweene God and Abrams seed for deliverance out of that smoking oven of Egypt For at the Law-giving lightnings called lamps appeared on mount Sinai Exod. 20. 18. and Christ was seene of Daniel and Iohn with his eyes like lamps and flames of fire Dan. 10. 6. Rev. 1. 14. and the salvation of Gods people is likened to a burning lampe Esay 52. 1. Also the living-creatures appeared to Ezekiel like lamps Ezek. 1. 13. and Gods people are compared to virgins with lamps Mat. 25. 1. which passed by this passage of the lampe or lampes to which onely the Greeke referreth it the Lord would signify the making of the covenant betweene him and his people as the next verse sheweth So from a like action in Ierm 34. 18 19 20. the Lord blameth them that performed not the covenant which they made before him when they cut the bullock in twaine passed betweene the parts thereof threatning for it that their carkasses should be for meat to the foule of the heavens though here Abram drove the foules away pâ—â—â—â—s the Greeke calleth them dichotomies that is divisions into two parts Vers. 18. stroke Hebrew cut a covenant that is made or stroke and as the Greeke translateth it disposed a covenant or Testament called usually cutting because of the slaying and cutting of beasts at the making of it as this place and Ier. 34. 18. doe shew The holy Ghost in Greeke expresseth this word carath cut sundry wayes as by poieo make Heb. 8. 9. sunteleo make perfect Heb. 8. 8. diatithemi dispose Heb. 8. 10. all from Ier. 31. 31 32 33. and entellomai command Heb. 9. 10. from Exod. 24. 8. Of a covenant see Gen. 6. 18. give I or I have given The time past is often used in actions present and to come So the Greeke here translateth I will give Of this gift see Gen. 13. 15. But the Hebrew Doctors scan the word thus Hee saith not I will give but I have giuen and yet Abraham had now begotten no children But because the word of the holy blessed God is a deed therefore he so speaketh Midras tillim in Psal. 107. 2. the river called Sichor Ios. 13. 3. Euphrates Hebrew Phrath see Gen. 2. 14. This promise was accomplished in Davids dayes 2 Sam. 8. 3. c. and in Salomons 2 Chron. 9. 26. Vers. 19. The Kenite that is Kenites or Keneans and so the rest see Gen. 10. 16. The Chaldee calleth these Salameans and so in Numb 24. 21. Here are tenne peoples reckoned whose lands Abrams seed should possesse Afterward they are usually counted seven Deut. 7. 1. Acts 13. 19. it seemeth some were wasted or mixed confusedly with the rest before the Israelites came into their possession So in Psal. 83. 7 8 9. there are ten nations reckned all confederates against Gods people CHAP. XVI 1 Sarai being barren giveth Hagar her Egyptian maid to Abram 4 Hagar being with child and afflicted for despising her mistresse runneth away 7 An Angel sendeth her backe to submit her selfe 11 and telleth her of her childs name and conditions 15 Hagar beareth Abram a son whom he calleth Ismael ANd Sarai Abrams wife did not bearchildren unto him and shee had an handmayd an Egytian and her name was Hagar And Sarai said unto Abram Behold now Iehovah hath restrained me from child-bearing goe in I pray thee unto my handmayd it may be I shall be builded by her and Abram hearkned to the voice of Sarai And Sarai Abrams wife tooke Hagar the Egyptian her handmaid at the end of ten yeeres of Abrams dwelling in the land of Canaan and she gave her to Abram her husband to bee to him for a wife And hee went-in unto Hagar and shee conceived and she saw that shee had conceived and her mistresse was despised in her eyes And Sarai said unto Abram my wrong is upon thee I have given my handmaid into thy bosome and she seeth that she hath conceived and I am depised in her eyes Iehovah judge betweene me and thee And Abram said unto Sarai Behold thy handmaid is in thy hand doe to her that which is good in thine eyes And Sarai afflicted her and she fled from her face And the Angell of Iehovah found her by a fountaine of waters in the wildernesse by the fountaine in the way of Shur And hee said Hagar Sarais handmaid from whence commest thou and whether wilt thou goe And she said I am fleeing from the face of my mistresse Sarai And the Angell of Iehovah said vnto her Returne to thy mistresse and humble thy selfe under her hands And the Angell of
2. give that is dispose and make my covenant or testament see Gen. 9. 12. and 6. 18. betweene me the Chaldee interpreteth it betweene my Word so after in v 7. 10. 11. See also Gen 9. 12. in very much abundance Hebr. in abundance abundance or vehemently vehemently so after in v. 6. and often Vers. 3. fell in reverence to Gods word and majesty and in thankfulnesse for this mercy See the like humiliation in Lev. 9. 24. Ezek. 1. 29. and 3. 23. Dan. 8. 17. Vers. 4. As for me Hebr. I the Greeke addeth And I. a father or for afather but the word for may be omitted in English as the Greeke here also doth and sometime the Hebrew it selfe as I will be for a lying spirit 2 Chron. 18. 21. that is I will be a lying spirit 1 King 22. 22. The New Testament in Greeke often keepeth the Hebraisme as Heb. 1. 5. c. a multitude that is of many nations as Paul expoundeth it Rom. 4. 16. 17. where the Apostle sheweth a twofold seed that which is of the Law and that which is of the Faith of Abraham who is the father of us all So by the multitude of nations is meant besides his naturall posterity all Christian beleevers in the world Gal. 3. 28. 29. who should inherit from him as children receive inheritance from their fathers the justice that is by faith and blessednesse accompanying the same through the covenant of grace propagated by Abrams doctrine and example see Rom. 4. and Gal. 3. To this the Hebrew Canons doe accord A stranger say they bringeth first-fruits c. for it was said to Abraham a father of a multitude of nations have I given thee to be Gen. 17. 5. Behold he is father of all the world which shall be gathered under the wings of the Majesty of God Maimony in Misn. treat of First fruits chap. 4. Sect. 3. Vers. 5. Abraham Abram signifieth A high father and the first letter of Hamon that is a multitude being put unto it maketh Abraham as if it were Abrahamon that is A high Father of a multitude of nations Abram is the first man in the world whose name is changed of God and it signified a change of estate and a renewing with increase of grace from God therefore this is after mentioned as one of his favours Neh. 9. 7. So Iakobs name is made new Gen. 32. 28. and all true Christians Esa. 62. 2. Rev. 2. 17. But Isaaks name was not changed for it was given him of God before his birth Gen. 17. 19. given that is freely made or as the Greeke interpreteth put thee and this the Apostle followeth in Rom. 4. 17. So Gen. 9. 12. and after here in vers 6. will give thee to be nations that is will make nations of thee Vers. 6. Kings as David Solomon and the rest of Israel besides the Kings of Edom and other Also the faithfull Kings of the Gentiles Revel 21. 24. Vers. 7. thy seed thy children especially Isaak verse 19. for in Isaak was his seed called Gen. 21. 12. So the children of the flesh are not the children of God but the children of the promise are counted for the seed Rom 9. 8. everlasting Hebr. covenant of eternity Although the outward signes and manner of dispensing this covenant were temporary and changeable as Circumcision into Baptisme Col. 2. 11. 12. yet the covenant it selfe remaineth one in substance for ever being stâ—blished by the blood of Christ the great Pastor Heb. 13. 20. Luke 1. 69. 72. 73. a God or for a God unto thee that is thy God as the Greeke translateth it Herein consisteth the power and life of the everlasting covenant whereby God himselfe his power wisedome goodnesse mercy c. is applyed unto man for blessing and salvation and wee are by adoption made the children of God 2 Cor. 6. 16. 18. For blessed is the people whose God Iehovah is Psal. 144. 15. they shall be delivered out of miseries Rev. 21. 3. 4. raised up from the dead Mat. 22. 31. 32. and God hath prepared for them an heavenly Citie Heb. 11. 16. Vers. 8. of thy sojournings that is as the Greeke explaineth it which thou sojournest in For God gave Abraham no inheritance in it no not so much as to set his foot on Acts 7. 5. but he by faith sojourned in the land of promise as in a strange country Heb. 11. 9. So this land figured unto him the kingdome of heaven as is shewed on Gen. 12. 4. But the rebellious sonnes of Abraham after they had full possession of Canaan are in another sense called sojourners there Ezek. 20. 38. and 11. 15. as being rather usurpers then lawfull possessors of that land everlasting so in Esay he saith thy people shall possesse the land for ever Esay 60. 21. howbeit they possessed the earthly land but a little while Esa. 63. 18. but the eternall inheritance was to be received by Christ reserved in the heavens for them and us Heb. 9. 15. 1 Pet. 1. 4. Vers. 9. thy seed thy children as before in v. 7. meaning al the faithful Herupon the Hebrew Doctors say Circumcision was commanded unto Abraham and his seed onely as it is written thou and thy seed after thee Gen. 17. 9. The seed of Ismael is excepted as it is written For in Isaak shall seed be called to thee Gen. 21. 12. And Esau is excepted for loe Isaak said to Iakob And he give to thee the blessing of Abraham to thee and to thy seed Gen. 28. 4. It is a generall rule that he onely is Abrahams seed that retaineth his law and his right way and these are they that ought to be circumcised Maimony in Misneh treat of Kings ch 10. S. 7. Vers. 10. my covenant that is the signe of my covenant or testament as is explained in verse 11. Hereupon are those usuall speeches when the signes and the things signified are named alike as the covenant of circumcision Act. 7. 8. the Lamb is the Lords Passeover Exod. 12. 11. the bread is Christs body Mat. 26. 17. 18. and many the like circumcised This word signifieth a cutting-offround-about to weet of the foreskin of the flesh So it was with shedding of blood and much paine and sorenesse to the flesh Exod. 4. 25. 26. Gen. 34. 25. It figured the circumcision that is the mortification of the heart and spirit in putting off the body of the sinnes of the flesh Deut. 10. 16. Rom. 2. 29. Col. 2. 11. and so it was a seale of the righteousnesse of faith Rom. 4. 11. Vers. 11. superfluous-foreskin The Hebrew Gnorlah signifieth a superfluity and stoppage that hindereth the due effect and operation of a thing and the Greeke Acrobustia which the Apostle useth in Rom. 2. 25. is in speciall that superfluity which is on the top of mans flesh to weet on the member of generation the foreskin that covereth the secret part Which God here commandeth to bee cut quite off as a signe of
Ismael dyed wicked then by his fathers to whom he was gathered are meant the soules of wicked men before him which are spirits in prison 1 Pet. 3. 19. Vers. 18. they that is Ismaels sonnes dwelt In Greeke he dwelt Shur a place in the wildernesse see Gen. 16. 7. The Chaldee there and here calleth it Chagra did he fall meaning either that his lot did befall him so to dwell or that he so dyed as the word fall sometime signifieth Psal. 82. 7. Gen. 14. 10. But the Greeke here translateth it he dwelt so also doth the Chaldee paraphrast so the plaine text was before in the promise Gen. 16 12. and to make to fall is to divide by lot an inheritance to dwell in Ios. 23. 4. Psal. 78. 55. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the sixt Section of the Law called The generations of Isaak See Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 19. the generations that is the history of the off-spring of Isaak and things that befell unto him as Gen. 2. 1. and 5. 1. and 6. 9. Vers. 20. old Hebr. son of fourty yeere so v. 26. see Gen. 5. 32. the Syrian the Hebrew name is Aramite which the holy Ghost in Greeke calleth Syrian Luke 4. 27. See Gen. 10. 22. Padan Aram the same that Aram Naharajim Gen. 24. 10 for the Greeke turneth them both Mesopotamia of Syria Aram is Syria Gen. 24. 10. and 10. 22. Padan in the Syrian tongue is a payre or couple and the country of Aram lying betweene a couple of rivers is so named Padan Aram and sometime onely Padan as Gen. 48. 7. Vers. 21. for or directly-for as the force of the Hebrew word implyeth and before his wife so it seemeth to bee some solemne prayer which they made together directly for this matter having lived twenty yeeres together without any child and Isaak wexen old into the 60 yeere of his life ver 26. God exercising his faith hereby as he had done Abrahams Gen. 15. 2. The Iewes have a tradition that Isaak went with his wife to mount Morijah to the place where he had beene bound Gen. 22. 9. and prayed there Pirke R. Eliezer ch 32. Vers. 22. strugled-together or bruised themselves by strugling which did presage the contrarietie that should be betweene these two brothers and so betweene the children of God of this world if so c. an unperfect speech which in her passion she uttered the Greeke translateth it if it shall so be with me why is this unto me why have I conceived if I must feele such things to enquire or seeke either by private prayer or by asking some Prophet The Ierusalemy Thargum taketh it in this last sense and saith she went to the Schoole of Sem the great Howbeit Sem was dead about ten yeeres before this but by Abraham or Heber the great Patriarch then living shee might well inquire of God Others as R. Eliezer Perek 32. take it to be meant of her praying unto God Vers. 23. Two nations that is fathers of two nations and divers peoples Edomites and Israelites the greater to weet in dignity which came naturally by the first birthright or the elder The Hebrew Rab whereof great men and masters are called Rabbies Iohn 1. 39. Mat. 23. 8. signifieth a superiour in dignity The holy Ghost in Greeke translateth it the greater Rom. 9. 12. Hereby Esau and his posteritie are meant shall serve as came to passe carnally when the Aedomites of Esau became servants to David and to the Israelites which were of Iakob 2 Sam. 8. 14. and spiritually when Iakob got of Esau the first birthright and bereaved him of the blessing Gen. 25. 33. and 27. 29. For servitude came in with a curse and figureth reprobation Gen. 9. 25. Iohn 8. 34. 35. Gal. 4. 30. 31. Therefore from hence the Prophet teacheth that God loved Iakob and hated Esau Mal. 1. 2. 3. and the Apostle gathereth the doctrine of Gods election and reprobation saying when Rebekka had conceived by one even by our father Isaak the children being not yet borne neither having done any good or evill that the purpose of God according to election might stand not of workes but of him that calleth it was said unto her the greater shall serve the lesser as it is written Iakob have I loved but Esau have I hated Rom. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Vers. 25. red a signe of the cholericke cruell and bloody disposition found in Esau himselfe and in his posterity Gen. 27. 40. 41. Obad. 1. 10. Ezek. 25. 12. So the cruell persecuting Dragon was of red colour Rev. 12. 3. The Hebrew Doctors say Esau the wicked was drawne after the workes of judgement mystically signified in these words And by thy sword shalt thou live Gen. 27. 40. and therefore he was red R. Menachem Rakenat on Gen. 25. And in Bresith rabbah they note how hee was red and his meat was red Gen. 25. 30. end his land was red as in Gen. 32. 3. c. And he that takes vengeance on him is red and in red clothing Song 5. 10. Esay 63. 1. 2. all over Hebr. all of him like a mantle of hayre which the Greek translateth like a rough hide This also signified his strong fierce and crafty nature For hayre is a signe of naturall strength and nature being corrupted hairinesse denoteth the power of corruption therefore when Lepers were purified all their hayre was to be shaven off Lev. 14. 8. So the Hebrewes say that his hayrinesse signified the strength of uncleannesse which came out of him R. Menachem on Gen. 25. Esau by interpretation Made or Perfected as being of a more strong and perfect constitution naturall then other children rather like a man then a babe Vers. 26. the heele or foot sole as if he would have pulled backe his brother from the birth and have beene before him or at least for to overthrow him Which as God by their former strugling in her body and now by this behaviour did signifie so the Prophet mentioneth it after to Iakobs children how he thus strove for the grace of the first birthright which they by sin suffered themselves to be deprived of Hos. 12. 2. 3. This manner of birth that Iakobs hand held his brother by the heele was also extraordinarily strange and perillous for the life both of mother and child See the like after in Gen. 38. 28. he called that is every one called as in vers 25. it is written they called or he was called so vers 30. See the notes on Gen. 16. 14. Iakob that signifieth one that should hold by the foot or overthrow his brother Vers. 27. a cunning huntsman Hebr. a man knowing hunting of the field ranging the fields for to hunt beasts Of a disposition much like Ismaels Gen. 16. 12. or Nimrods Gen. 10. 9. perfect of a religious honest plaine and simple disposition without guile or wickednesse as the Greeke translateth vnfeighned See Gen. 6. 9. dwelling or sitting in tents that is either keeping
2. These were of the worst sort of people in the land Ezek. 16. 3. Vers. 35. a bitternesse of spirit that is a griefe of mind through their bitter provocation and rebellious cariage so that they were yrked of their life by reason of them Gen. 27. 46. Or of a rebellious spirit resisting their parents This latter the Greeke followeth calling them Contentious with Isaak and Rebekah and the Chaldee saith they were rebellious and stubborne against the word of Isaak and Rebekah unto which the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth that they served God with strange service that is idolatry and received not the instruction either of Isaak or of Rebekah See Gen. 27. 46. CHAP. XXVII 1 Isaak sendeth Esau for venison purposing to eat and blesse him before his death 5 Rebekah instructeth Iakob to obtaine the blessing 15 Iakob under the person of Esau obtaineth it 30 Esau bringeth venison 33. Isaak trembleth 34 Esau complaineth and by importunity obtaineth a blessing 41 He threatneth to kill Iakob 42 Rebekah disappointeth it ANd it was when Isaak was old and his eyes were dimme that he could not see then called hee Esau his elder son and said unto him my son and hee said unto him Behold here am I. And he said Behold now I am old I know not the day of my death And now take I pray thee thy wepons thy quiver and thy bow and goe out to the field and hunt for me venison And make for me savoury-meats such as I love and bring it to me that I may eat that my soule may blesse thee before I dye And Rebekah heard when Isaak spake to Esau his sonne and Esau went to the field to hunt for venison for to bring it And Rebekah said unto Iakob her son saying Behold I heard thy father speaking unto Esau thy brother saying Bring me venison and make for me savoury-meats that I may eat and I will blesse thee before Iehovah before my death And now my sonne obey my voice according to that I doe command thee Goe now unto the flocke and take to me from thence two good kids of the goats and I will make them savoury-meats for thy father such as he loveth And thou shalt bring them to thy father that he may eat for that hee may blesse thee before his death And Iakob said to Rebekah his mother Behold Esau my brother is a hairy man and I a smooth man If so be my father shall feele me then shall I be in his eyes as a deceiver and I shall bring upon me a curse and not a blessing And his mother said unto him Vpon me be thy curse my sonne Onely obey my voice and goe take them unto me And he went and tooke and brought them to his mother and his mother made savoury-meats such as his father loved And Rebekah tooke the desireable garments of Esau her elder sonne which were with her in the house and put them upon Iakob her yonger sonne And the skinns of the kids of the goats she put upon his hands and upon the smooth of his neck And she gave the savoury-meats and the bread which shee had made into the hand of Iakob her sonne And he came unto his father and said my father and hee said Behold here I am who art thou my sonne And Iakob said unto his father I am Esau thy firstborn I have done even as thou spakest unto mee Arise I pray thee sit and eate of my venison that thy soule may blesse me And Isaak said unto his son How is this that thou hast so soon found it my son And hee said because Iehovah thy God brought it to passe before me And Isaak said unto Iakob Come neere I pray thee and let me feele thee my sonne whether thou be the same my sonne Esau or not And Iakob went-neere unto Isaak his father and he felt him and he said the voice is the voice of Iakob and the hands are the hands of Esau. And he discerned him not because his hands were as the hands of Esau his brother hairy and he blessed him And he said art thou the same my sonne Esau And he said I. And he said Bring-neere unto me and I will eat of my sonnes venison that my soule may blesse thee and hee brought it neere to him and he did eat and he brought unto him wine and hee dranke And Isaak his father said unto him Come neere now and kisse me my sonne And he came neere and kissed him and he smelled the smell of his garments and blessed him and said See the smell of my sonne is as the smell of a field the which Iehovah hath blessed And God give unto thee of the dew of the heavens and of the fatnesses of the earth and multitude of corne and of new-wine Let peoples serve thee and nations bow-downe themselves unto thee be thou a master to thy brethren and let thy mothers sonnes bow-downe-themselves unto thee Cursed be every one of them that curse thee and blessed be every one of them that blesse thee And it was when as Isaak had made an end of blessing Iakob and it was that Iakob was but going gone out from the presence of Isaak his father that Esau his brother came in from his hunting And he also made savoury meats brought them to his father and said unto his father Let my father arise and eate of his sonnes venison that thy soule may blesse me And Isaak his father said unto him who art thou and he said I am thy son thy first borne Esau And Isaak trembled with a very vehement great trembling said Who where is he that hath hunted venison broght it unto me I have eaten of all ere thou camest and have blessed him yea and he shall bee blessed When Esau heard the words of his father then cryed-he-out with an outcry great and bitter very vehemently and said unto his father Blesse me mee also my father And he said Thy brother came with guile and he hath taken thy blessing And he said Is it because his name was called Iakob for hee hath supplanted me these two-times he tooke my first-birthright and behold now he hath taken my blessing and he said hast thou not reserved a blessing for me And Isaak answered and said unto Esau Loe I have appointed him to be a master over thee and all his brethren have I given to him for servants and with corne and new wine have I sustained him and unto thee now what shall I doe my son And Esau said unto his father Hast thou but that one blessing my father blesse me me also my father and Esau lifted up his voice and wept And Isaak his father answerd and said unto him Behold of the fatnesses of the earth shall thy dwelling be and of the dew of the heavens from above And by thy sword shalt thou live and thy Brother shalt thou serve and it shall be when thou shalt get-the-dominion that thou shalt breake his yoake
this respecteth Gods spirituall worship Though it may also be meant on Gods part as are the former branches and respect the promises made in v. 13. and 14. Vers. 22. the house of God that is a place of Gods worship as the Chaldee expoundeth whereupon I will serve before the Lord. This Iakob after performed when he built there an altar Gen 35. 7. And this respected Gods outward service tithing give that is surely give the tenth A signe also of homage and subjection unto God which therefore was given to the priests of the Lord see Gen. 14. 20. and the law for tithes in Lev. 27. Numb 18. Deut. 14. 22. 23. c. CHAP. XXIX 1 Iakob commeth to the well of Charan 9 He taketh acquaintance of Rachel 13 Laban entertaineth him 18 Iakob covenanteth for Rachel to be his wife 23 Laban deceiveth him with Leah 28 He marieth also Rachel and served for her seven yeeres more 32 Leah beareth Reuben 33 Simeon 34 Levi 35 Iudah ANd Iakob lifted up his feet and went to the land of the sons of the East And he saw and behold a well in the field and loe there were three flocks of sheepe lying by it for out of that well they watered the flocks and a great stone was upon the wels mouth And thither were al the flocks gathered and they rolled the stone from the wells mouth and watered the sheepe and they put the stone againe upon the wells mouth in his place And Iakob said unto them my brethren whence bee yee and they sayd of Charan are wee And hee said unto them Know ye Laban the sonne of Nachor and they said wee know him And hee said to them Is there peace to him and they sayd Peace and behold Rachel his daughter is comming with the sheepe And hee sayd loe yet the day is great it is not time that the cattel should be gathered together water ye the sheepe and goe feed And they said we cannot untill all the flocks be gathered together and they roll the stone frm the wells mouth then water we the sheepe He yet was speaking with them and Rachel came with the sheep which were her fathers for she fed them And it was when Iakob saw Rachel the daughter of Laban his mothers brother and the sheepe of Laban his mothers brother that Iakob went neere and rolled the stone from the wells mouth and watered the sheep of Laban his mothers brother And Iakob kissed Rachel and lifted up his voice and wept And Iakob told Rachel that he was her fathers brother and that he was Rebekahs son and shee ran and told her father And it was when Laban heard the tidings of Iakob his sisters sonne that he ran to meet him and imbraced him kissed him broght him in to his house and he told Laban all these words And Laban sayd unto him Surely thou art my bone and my flesh and he abode with him a moneth of dayes And Laban said unto Iakob Because thou art my brother shouldest thou therefore serve me for nought tell me what shall thy wages be And Laban had two daughters the name of the elder was Leah and the name of the yonger Rachel And the eyes of Leah were tender and Rachel was faire in forme and faire in countenance And Iakob loved Rachel and said I will serve thee seven yeeres for Rachel thy yonger daughter And Laban said It is better that I give her to thee then that I should give her to another man abide thou with me And Iakob served for Rachel seven yeres and they were in his eyes as a few daies because he loved her And Iakob said unto Laban Give mee my wife for my dayes are fulfilled that I may goe in unto her And Laban gathered-together all the men of the place and made a banquet And it was in the evening that he took Leah his daughter and brought her in unto him and he went in unto her And Laban gave to her Zilpah his handmaid for a handmaid to Leah his daughter And it was in the morning that loe it was Leah and he said unto Laban what is this thou hast done unto me Did not I serve with thee for Rachel and wherefore hast thou beguiled me And Laban said It may not be so done in our place to give the younger before the first-borne Fulfill thou the seven of this and there shall be given unto thee this also for the service which thou shalt serve with me yet seven other yeeres And Iakob did so and fulfied the seven of this and he gave unto him Rachel his daughter for a wife unto him And Laban gave to Rachel his daughter Bilhah his handmaid for a handmaid to her And he went in also unto Rachel and he loved also Rachel more then Leah and served with him yet seven other yeeres And Iehovah saw that Leah was hated and he opened her wombe and Rachel was barren And Leah conceived and bare a son and she called his name Reuben for she said for Iehovah hath seene my affliction for now my husband will loue me And she conceived againe and bare a sonne and shee said because Iehovah hath heard that I was hated he hath therfore given me this also and she called his name Simeon And she conceived againe and bare a son and said now this time my husband will be joyned unto me because I have borne unto him three sons therefore she called his name Levi. And she conceived againe and bare a son and she said this time I will confesse Iehovah therefore she called his name Iudah and she stayed from bearing Annotations LIfted up that is went lightly and cheerfully on his long journey being comforted by the vision and oracle of God received at Bethel See a much like phrase in Psal. 74. 3. sonnes of the East that is the easterne people in Mesopotamia which lay eastward from Canaan So in Iob 1. 3. The Greeke omitteth the word sonnes and translateth the east countries From the east God had raised up Abraham the man of righteousnesse Esay 41. 2. Gen. 12. 1. thither now Iakob his nephew fleeth there to serve for a wife Hos. 12. 12. wherein the mystery of Christ and his Church was figured Eph. 5. 32. 2 Cor. 11. 2. Vers. 2. a well at a well in the field Abrahams servant met with Rebekah Isaaks wife Gen. 24. 11. 15. So here Iakob meeteth with Rachel his wife A much like thing befell unto Moses Exod. 2. 15. 16. 21. And Christ sitting on Iakobs Well in Samaria preached there of the living waters of his Gospell and spirit which who so drinketh they shall bee in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life Iohn 4. 6. 14. and 7. 38. 39. lying This the Gr. translateth resting The two works of shepherds to their flockes are feeding and causing them to lye downe or to rest both which Christ performeth to his people Song 1. 6. Ezek. 34. 15. Psal. 23. 1. 2. Vers. 3.
Iosephs good affection and godlinesse And this was one occasion which his brethren tooke to hate him So Christ was hated of the world for testifying that the workes thereof were evill Ioh. 7. 7. Vers. 3. of old-age unto him that is of his old-age borne when his father was old so Gen. 44. 20. The Chaldee applieth this old age to Iosephs manners saying he was a wise sonne unto him And others say was not Benjamin also a sonne of old age But because Iakob saw by the spirit of prophesie that Ioseph should reigne therefore he loved him above all his sonnes Pirkei R. Eliez ch 38. many colours Hebr. passim that is varieties and so the Greeke hath poikilon various or manifold to weer in threeds and colour an embroydered coat such kings daughters used to weare 2 Sam. 13. 18. Such God spiritually clotheth his Church withall Psal. 45. 14. 15. Ezek. 16 10. 13. and thereby is signified the varietie of wisedome and manifold graces given to his people Ephes. 3. 10. 1 Pet. 4. 10. Song 1. 9. 10. And Christ had such above his fellowes Psal. 45. 8. Heb. 1. 9. Vers. 4. with peace or unto peacé that is peaceably gently lovingly for of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh Matth. 12. 34. The Greeke translateth no peaceable thing Vers. 5. dreamed by such meanes God used of old to shew unto men what he was about to doe Gen. 41. 25. Iocl 2. 28. Numb 12. 6. 1 King 3. 5. Such dreames were to bee regarded as oracles of God other have their deceits and vanities see Gen. 20. 3. And God sent dreames to his people sometime to comfort sometime to chasten and afflict the 〈…〉 Matt. 2. 19. 22. Iob 7. 13. 14. the more Hebr. they added yet to hate him So Christ and his disciples for declaring Gods word were hated of men as Ioh. 17. 14. I have given them thy word and the world hath hated them This storie of Ioseph is a patterne of afflictions which the godly suffer in this world for Christs sake and for the word of their testimony and it ministreth comforts to the distressed V. 7. binding Hebr. sheaving or sheaf-binding This being harvest worke and harvest usually signifying the latter time or end Psal. 126. 5. 6. Matt. 13. 39. Rev. 14. 15. God foreshewed not the present but future honour which Ioseph should have after many dayes of sorrow Also when his brethren went into Egypt for corne this dreame was fulfilled Gen. 42. 6. within or in the midst of a field compassed or stood-round about and this is a signe of honour to him that is compassed Therefore the testimoniall of Gods glorious presence usually is in the midst and others stand about Num. 2. 17. Rev. 4. 3. 4. So Exod. 18. 13. Ps. 7. 8. 142. 8. bowed downe or did obeysance as was fulfilled in Gen. 42. 6. Vers. 8. reigning reign that is in deed reigne so after in deed rule and in verse 10. in deed come They apply this dreame unto themselves as did also the Madianites Iudg. 7. 13. 14 which aggravated their sinne in resisting Gods manifested will Ioh. 15. 22. The manner of speaking is also a denyall shalt thou reign that is thou shalt not see Gen. 18. 17. Thus Moses and Christ himselfe were refused by their people Act. 7. 27. 35. Luk. 19. 14. Vers. 10. brethren Abrahams seed were likened to starres for multitude Gen. 22. 17. here Iakobs children are likened to starres for glory shining as lights in the world Phil. 2. 15. and in Dan. 8. 10. they are also the host of heaven Iakob and his wife are here the sunne and moone such honour God vouchsafeth to his contemned servants And Ioseph in this as in many other particulars may resemble Iesus at whose name all knees must bow Phil. 2. 10. Vers. 11. observed laid it to heart howsoever for the present he gave his sonne a light rebuke not fully perceiving the end of the thing Thus is it spoken also of Mary the mother of Christ Luke 2. 19. 51. Vers. 14. the peace that is the welfare or how they prosper as the Greeke explaineth it if they be well See Gen. 41. 16. As Ioseph here so Christ was sent to the lost sheepe of the house of Israel not onely to know but to procure their peace Matt. 15. 24. Luk. 19. 42. to Sechem which was about 60. English miles distant from Chebron There also was that great massacre committed a while before by Iakobs sonnes Gen. 34. The danger of the place might make Iakob more careful to inquire of their welfare V. 15. a man The Hebrew Doctors understand this of the Angel Gabriel called in Dan. 9. 21. the man Gabriel Pirket R. Eliez ch 38. but this is uncertain Vers. 16. seeking my brethren this setteth forth Iosephs care diligence So the Sonne of man came to seeke and save that which was lost Luk. 19. 10. Vers. 17. Dothan or Dothain for both waies it is written The Greeke calleth it Dothaim It was a place about 8. miles from Sechem In this towne was Elizeus the Prophet 2 King 6. 13. Vers. 18. craftily conspired or malignantly as the Greeke translation saith This word is also used in Psal. 105. 25. and Num. 25. 18. of the Egyptians and Madianites craftily plotting against the Israelites So the husbandmen conspired the death of the Sonne of God Luk. 20. 14. This is the heire come let us kill him Vers. 19. master of dreames this they speake in mockage the Greeke translateth it a dreamer The Hebrew phrase meaneth one that hath great skill in dreaming or a captaine dreamer as his brethren are after called masters of arrowes that is cunning archers for their malicious practises against him Gen. 49. 23. and a master of anger is an angry furious man Prov. 22. 24. and 29. 22. Vers. 20. one of the pits or some pit this setteth forth their inhumane cruelty that would kill their brother and not vouchsafe him honest buriall to which they next adde a lye to dissemble their murder and a contempt of the oracles of GOD which they sought and thought to defeat So running headlong together into a world of wickednesse envie carying them Acts 7. 9. Gen. 49. 23. Vers. 21. delivered him to weet in respect of death which they intended against him in soul that is so as to take away his life smite him dead A like phrase is in Ier. 40. 14. Deut. 19. 6 11. for which in Numb 35. 11. 15. is said to smite a soule so also in Levit. 24. 17. 18. where soule is put for the life of man or beast See Gen. 19. 17. Smiting is used for killing Gen. 4. 15. Vers. 22. that or to the end that The Greeke addeth sor he sought that he might deliver him It appeareth by Gen. 42. 22. that Ruben exhorted them to more then they would yeeld unto Vers. 23. stript Ioseph so Iesus also was stripped by the wicked Mat. 27. 28. Here Ioseph in the
wrath as the Greeke translateth it because the Hebrew Aph signifieth both anger and the nostrils and this speech is used in cases of judgment upon Gods enemies as in Iob 4. 9. by the blast of God they perish c. The Chaldee here translateth with the word of thy mouth It respecteth Gods command in Exod. 14. 26. 27. which was performed also by a winde as after verse 10. So the Lord will consume Antichrist with the spirit of his mouth 2 Thes. 2. 8. gathered or heaped up became as heaps And this being done with a mighty winde was with a great noise to which the Prophet hath reference saying the deepe uttered his voice and life up his hands on high Habakkuk 3. 10. congealed as ice frozen hardned It may be meant of the seas bottome which being muddy and soft was hardened that they went as on dry land He led his people through the deepe as an horse in the wildernesse Esay 63. 13. Some understand it of the waters that they were congealed as ice the heart that is the mids or deepe of the sea so Psalme 46. 3. Ezek. 28. 2. And now the channels of waters were seene and the foundations of the world were revealed at the rebuke of the Lord at the breath of the winde of his anger as David singeth for his victories Psal. 18. 16. Vers. 9. divide the spoile which is done after victory Luke 11. 22. and with joy Esay 9. 3. Thus the enemie vainely promised themselves the victory so in Iudg. 5. 30. soule that is lust or will so in Psal. 27. 12. and 41. 3. and 78. 18. destroy them or repossesse them for so the originall is used sometime for destroying or disinheriting as Numb 14. 12. sometime for causing to inherit or taking possession Numb 14. 24. The Chaldee here translateth it destroy the Greeke have dominion or Lord over them The Egyptians came out as a whirlewinde to scatter Israel their rejoycing was even to dovoure the poore in secret Hab. 3. 14. Vers. 10. blow the Chaldee translateth it thou didst say with thy word Of this winde there was no mention in Exod. 14. 27. but it is gathered from verse 21. where the Lord by a strong east winde caused the sea to goe backe covered them God made the waters of the red sea to flow over their faces as they pursued after Israel Deut. 11. 4. the waters covered the distressers of Israel not one of them was left Psal. 106. 11. And here God brake the heads of the Dragons in the waters the heads of Livjathan Psalme 74. 13. 14. Vers. 11. the Gods or the Mighties the Potentates so the Princes of the world are called Psal. 82. and 89. 7. wonders or marvels so the Greeke also and Chaldee translateth it the Hebrew being singular a wonder or miracle but one is often put for many as is noted on Gen. 3. 2. So in Psal. 78. 12. Vers. 12. the earth in the bottome of the sea so Ionas in the sea said the earth with her bars was about me for ever Ion. 2. 6. Vers. 13. leadest to wit softly or quietly as a flocke is led this was done by the pillar of the cloud and fire also by the hand of Moses and Aaron but ascribed to God as the principall even as in verse 12. God is said to stretch out his hand which was ministerially done by Moses Exodus 14. 26. So in Psalme 77. 21. thou didst leade thy people like a flocke by the hand of Moses and Aaron habitation of thine holinesse in Greeke thine holy lodging or mansion It is a continuance of the former similitude of a shepherds lodge or habitation which is in pleasant pastures to feed and give rest to his flocke as in all the cities thereof shall be an ha 〈…〉 of shepherds causing their flockes to lie downe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 12. It meaneth the land of Canaan where God 〈…〉 uld give his people rest and feed them with his Word So when God promiseth to return them out of Babylon hee useth this word I will bring Israel againe to his habitation and hee shall feed c. Ier. 50. 19. and in that land Ierusalem was as the fold of the flocke and is called a quiet habitation Esay 33. 20. The fulfilling of this prophesie is celebrated by Asaph shewing how God made his people to goe forth like sheepe and guided them like a flocke in the wildernesse and led them on in safety and they dreaded not but the sea covered their enemies And hee brought them to the border of his Holinesse to that mountaine which his right hand had purchased Psal. 78 52. 53. 54. Vers. 14. stirred with feare or anger both which doe stirre the minde and body and cause it to quake and tremble and these were in the peoples hearing of Gods workes for Israel Deut. 2. 25. Ios. 2. 10. 11. Num. 20. 18. 20. and 22. 3. 6. The Greeke here translateth it angry Vers. 15. amazed or suddenly troubled it implieth both feare and haste and so the Greeke translateth it hasten See this fulfilled in Deut. 2. 4. and of Edoms Dukes see Gen. 36. take hold that is they shall greatly tremble For passions of the minde feare trembling astonishment and the like are said to take hold or fall upon men when they are overcome by them In Luk. 5. 26. it is said amazement tooke all which in Mark. 2. 12. is expounded all were amazed melt that is faint with feare as was accomplished Ios. 2. 9. 10. 11. and 5. 1. A similitude whereby the heart is likened to waxe which melteth with feare as waxe with fire Psal. 22. 15. and 68. 3. Vers. 16. terrour this also is signified in Deut. 2. 25. and 11. 25. Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it the terrour of death which phrase David useth in Psal. 55. 5. terrours of death are fallen upon me The Hebrew aemathah hath here a letter added in the end to denote the excesse of feare great terrour This though it was in respect of the people as it is said your terrour is fallen upon us Ios. 2. 9. yet proceeded it from God as he saith I will send my terrour before thee Exod. 23. 27. purchased or gotten bought and possessest The Hebrew Kanah signifieth to get either by generation as Gen. 4. 1. or by buying and purchasing whereby it becommeth ones owne possession Gen. 25. 10. Ex. 21. 2. All are in God creating redeeming and regenerating his people in Christ. So Moses elsewhere saith Is not he thy father that hath gotten or bought thee Deut. 32. 6. and Asaph saith Remember thy congregation which thou hast purchased Psalme 74. 2. and the Apostle speaketh of such as deny the Lord that hath bought them 2 Pet. 2. 1. The Chaldee here translateth it redeemed as in verse 13. Vers. 17. plant that is give them a setled dwelling a similitude from the vine tree as Psal. 80. 9. and 44. 3. mountaine that is mountany country such as Canaan was Deut. 11. 11. and in
Proverbes 7. 10. 11. 12. 13. 22 and all inordinate lusts for who so looketh on a woman to lust after her hath committed adulterie with her already in his heart Matt. 5. 28. Likewise plâ—â—alitie of wives Malach. 2. 15. 1 Corinth 6. 16. and 7. 2. unjust divorces Malach. 2. 16. Matthew 19. 3. 4. 9. and incestuous mariages Leyitiâ—us 18. 6. c. Contrariwise God here requireth chastitie in bodie and spirit either in single life 1 Corinth 7. 34. or in lawfull maried estate Hebrewes 13. 4. that every one should know how to possesse his vessell in holinesse and honour 1 Thes 4. 3. 4. Verse 15. not steale either persons Exodus 21. 16. 1 Timoth. 1. 10. or any other things by fraud or by force 1 Thes. 4. 16. It forbiddeth all unjust taking or keeping backe of things pertaining to God Leviticus 5. 15. Malach. 3. 8. Acts 5. 2. 4. or to men Leviticus 19. 11. Romanes 13. 7. all unrighteousnesse in covenants contracts bargaines c. Genesis 31. 39. 41. Leviticus 19. 35. oppression Deuteronomie 24. 14. exâ—ortion Luke 3. 13. taking of bribes Deuteronomie 16. 19. usurie Exodus 22. 25. or any filthy gaine 1 Timothie 3. 8. detaining of other mens goods either lent Psalme 37. 21. or pawned Exoâ—us 22. 26. or lost Leviticus 6. 4. withholding of tribute custome c. Matthew 22. 21. Romanes 13. 6. 7. removing of land-markes Deuteronomie 19. 14. All idle and inordinate walking 2. Thes. 3. 6. 10. 11. 12. covetousnesse Hebrewes 13. 5. and unmercifulnesse to the poore Deut eronomie 15 7. Contrariwise it requireth justice and equitie faithfulnesse diligence and mercie in all 〈◊〉 dealings Deut. 16. 20. Matthew 20. 7. Titus 2 〈◊〉 Proverbes 22. 29. Psalme 112. 9. and to dâ—e unto all men whatsoever we would that men should doe unto us Mat 7. 12. Verse 16. not answer that is not speake or witnesse as the Chaldee translateth the Greeke saith 〈◊〉 fâ—lsely 〈◊〉 and so this Commandement is alledged in Matthew 19. 18. false witnesse or false 〈◊〉 as the Greeke and Chaldee 〈…〉 though the Hebrew Ed signifieth also 〈◊〉 testiâ—â—â— as in Leviticâ—â— 5. 1. and so may here bâ— Englished a witnesse or testifieâ— of falshood In repeating this â—aw Moses useth another word 〈…〉 nesse of vanitie D 〈…〉 5. 20. the same woâ—d that was before in 〈◊〉 for taking Gods naine in vaine God here forbiddeth all lying and â—â—true speaking Eph 〈…〉 4. 25. especially in witnesse hearing all 〈◊〉 oâ— deprâ—ving of the actions words or meaning of any 2 Samuel 10. 2. 3. Matthew 2â— 59. 60. Psalme 52. 4. 5. 6. all rash and unrighteous judgement without due triall and examination Iohn 7. 24. 51. Mathew 7. 1. D 〈…〉 onomie 19. 18. wresting of the Law and of judgement Deuteronomie 16. 19. Zeph. 3. 4. concealing the truth which one can witnesse Leviticus 5. 1. false records Ezra 4. 19. raising or received of false rumors or reports Exodus 23. 1. Nehem. 6. 6. 7. 8. 1 Samuel 24. 9. walking about with tales Leviticus 19. 16. whispering backebiting covenant-breaking Rom. 1. 29. 30. 31. and all other wayes of hurting with the tongue Psalm 101. 5. And he commandeth faithfull testimony Proverbes 14. 5. 25. righteous judgement Deut. 1. 16. speaking truth as it is in ones heart Psalme 15. 2. and all other things that may preserve the good name of a man and of his neighbour which is to bee chosen rather than great riches Proverbs 22. 1. thy neighbour that is any man acquaintance or stranger friend or foe for though the Hebrew Regneh sometimes signifieth a speciall friend as Deuteronomie 13. 6. Iob 2. 11. yet here it is to be taken in the largest sense as Christs answer to him that asked who was his neighbour sheweth Luke 10. 29. 30. 37. By neighbour then is meant any other man joyned to us and living with us in humane societie as God hath of one blood made all nations of men Act. 17. 26. So neighbour is used generally for another man or woman Genesis 11. 3. Esth. 1. 19. and in Proverbs 18. 17. the Greeke translateth it an Adversarie according to the true meaning there The Holy Ghost in Greek calleth him Plesion that is our Neighbor or Next Luk. 10. 27. 29. Ro. 13. 9 Vers. 17. not covet in Deut. 5. 21. another word Desire is also used and there the coveting of the wife is first named and then the coveting of the house there also the field is added whereof here is no mention howbeit the Greeke hath the same order and addition in this place This commandement forbiddeth covetousnesse and disconter ment with our present estate and all desire of anothing which God hath bestowed upon another though wee would haue it without injurie to another as by giving him the worth of it in money or otherwise 1 King 21. 2. And thus it differeth froÌ„ the former Commandements which forbid together with the outward act the inward desire of another mans goods to his hurt For as desire after a mans wife is adulterie Matt. 5. 28. so the desire of any other mans house or beast wroÌ„gfully is stealth But this commandement forbiddeth an inferiour degree of sin and because mens desires are not satisfied with that they have but Covetousnesse coveteth all the day Prov. 21. 26. therefore God here restraineth every inordinate lust and teacheth us to be content with such things as we have for he hath said I will not leave thee nor forsake thee Heb. 13. 5. contentation saith I have all things Gen. 33. 11. These five last precepts are in Deutronomie 5. joyned one to another with this word And for they mutually respect each other in the things forbidden and binde us to the observing of every one severally and of all of them joyntly as it is written Whosoever shall keepe the whole Law and â—ffend in one point hee is guilty of all For hee that said Doe not commit adultery said also Doe not kill Iam. 2. 10. 11. Hereunto wee may also referre the double accents which most of these ten Commandements have in the Hebrew Scripture different from all the Bible besides which though they serve for a twofold manner of reading the one common as the other Scripture the other leasurely with a long pronunciation as the Iewes used in their assemblies yet they may lead us also to observe a distinction of matter in some and a conjunction or continued matter in other some Ver. 18. saw this word is generally used for seeing hearing or perceiving not onely by the eye but by any sense or understaÌ„ding as Iakob saw that there was corne in Egypt Gen. 42. 1. which the Holy Ghost expoundeth Iakob heard Act. 7. 12. So here they saw the voices that is heard them lightnings in Hebrew and Greeke lamps so called for that they burned and shined like lamps or torches see Gen. 15. 17. where such appeared to Abraham at the covenant making with him They here signified the brightnesse and
Plinie in his â—at hist. b. 19. ch 1. sheweth to grow in Egypt on a shrub called Xylon or Gossipian whereof soft and white l 〈…〉 en stuffe was made whereof the Priests of Egypt delighted to weare And this linnen Xyl 〈…〉 n they thinke to be the stuffe that was died blew purple and scarlet Byss is also a silken linnen white pure and bright and hath the name originally of whitenesse and signified the graces and justifications of the Saints Rev. 19. 8. 14. Ezek. 16. 10. haire whereof a covering was made for the Tabernacle Exod. 26. 7. 13. The word haire is added also in Greeke necessarily understood in the Hebrew see Gen. 42. 33. Vers. 5. Tachash skinnes This the Greeke interpreters translate blew or violet colour skinnes The Tachash was a beast of whose skin fine shooes were made Ezek. 16. 10. and save there no mention is made in Scripture of this beast but in this historie of the Tabernacle whose upper covering was made of the skins of the Tachash Exod. 26. 14. Of the Hebrew name seeme to bee derived the Germane Tachs and Latine Taxo which wee English the badger but the Iewes hold it to be a clean beast which our badger by Moses Law is not neither are badgers skins used for shooes as the Tachas Shittim or wood of the Shittah tree mentioned in Esa. 41. 19. which is thought to be a kind of Cedar tree It is nor found in scripture save in this historie of the Tabernacle and that prophesie of Esay where it is shewed to be of speciall use account The Greeke usually translateth it Aspeta that is wood which never rotteth The wood in Solomons Temple was of Cedar 1 King 6. 9. 10. Of it the Heb. Doctors write thus Solomon the Prophet said How fair is the house of the sanctuarie of the Lord w ch is builde by my hands of Cedar wood but fairer shal be the house of the sanctuary which shall be builded in the dayes of the King Christ the beames whereof shall be of the Cedars that are in the garden of Eden in Paradise Thargum in Can. 1. 17. Ver. 6. light or lig 〈…〉 that is the Candle stocke 〈◊〉 27. 20 incense of sweet spices that is 〈◊〉 or sweet spices for incense The Greek translateth for the composition of incense Vers. 7. 〈◊〉 so also the Chaldee translates it see the notes on Ex. 28. 9. 20. filling stones Heb. 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 th 〈…〉 stones to be â—ei in and wherewith the 〈◊〉 places in the gold upon the Bphod were filled up â—ee Exod 28. 27. 20. Vers. 8. 〈◊〉 them make The Greeke changeth the person And thoâ— shalt make me a sanctuary and I well be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yâ—â— This was the maine end of all and to this all 〈◊〉 particulars are to be re 〈…〉 ed and by it opened For this sanctuary as Solomons Temple afterward was a place of prayer and pub 〈…〉 〈…〉 ice of God Mâ—t. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Lev. 17. 3. 6. and 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ed the Church 〈◊〉 habitation of 〈◊〉 the Spirit 2 Cor. 6. 〈◊〉 Ep 〈…〉 s. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Re 〈…〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and was a visible signe of Gods presence with and protection of his people Lev. 26. 11. 12. Ezek. 37. 26. 27. 1 King 6. 12. 13. and of leading them into heavenly glory for as the high Priest entred into the Tabernacle and through the veile into the most holy place where God dwelt so Christ we by him entred through the veile of his flesh into very heaven as the Apostle openeth it in Heb. 9. and 10. cha And so this sanctuary is to be applyed as a type first unto Christs person Heb. 8. 2. and 9. 11. 12. Ioh. 2. 19. 21. then to every Christian man 1 Cor. 6. 19. and Church both particular Heb. 3. 6. 1 Tim. 3. 15. and universall Heb. 10. 21. And by reason of this divers large signification so many sundry things about this sanctuary are set downe by Moses and sundry wayes applied by the Prophets and Apostles This sanctuary though made of the most glorious things on earth is yet called but a worldly sanctuary was a similitude of the true not made with haÌ„ds Heb. 9. 1. 24. dwell This was the greatest signe of Gods grace to wards his people whiles Christ having reconciled them to his father dwelleth in their hearts by faith Ephes. 3. 17. and they are the habitation of God by the spirit Ephes. 1. 22. Therfore this favour is often mentioned Exod. 29. 45. 46. Lev. 26. 12. Numb 35. 34. Zach. 2. 10. and 8. 3. 2 Cor. 6. 16. Rev. 21. 2. 3. Vers. 9. Tabernacle or Habitacle Dwelling place for of Gods dwelling aforesaid it hath the name Therefore the patterne hereof fignifieth properly the frame or disposition of a building like which an edifice is made And as the patterne of this house and of all the implements was given by God to Moses even so had Solomon a patterne of the house which he builded and of all things belonging thereunto 1 Chron. 28. 11. 12. 18. 19. See more in v. 40. Verse 10. they shall the Greeke translateth 〈◊〉 shalt make even as in the verse following and after God saith to him thou shalt because the over-sight of all the worke lay upon Moses In Verse 39. it is said he shall make where the Greeke againe saith thou shalt an Arke or Coffer in Hebrew Aron which differeth in name as in use from the Arke that Noe made Gen. 6. 14. The Apostles in Greeke call them both by one name Hebrewes 9. 4. and 11. 7. and here the Greeke version addeth the Arke of the Testimony This was made to lay up the Tables of the Covenant of God therein verse 16. and for God to 〈◊〉 betweene the Cherubims upon the covering mercy feat that was thereon vers 22. So it was visible signe of Gods gracious presence with his people in Christ therefore is it the first and châ—â—fest of all the holy things and for it principally was the Tabernacle made Exod. 26. 33. and 40. 18. 21. and it sanctified the Tent and house wherein it rested as Solomon said the places 〈◊〉 holy where into the Arke of the Lord hath come 2 Chron. 8. 11. Yet was it but the furniture of a worldly Sanctuary Hebrewes 9. 1. are under the Gospell to be done away and forgetten that men shall say to m 〈…〉 the Arke of the Covenant of the Lord Ier. 3. 16. albert mystically it is mentioned in the Church of the new Testament as is also the Tabernacle Rev. 11. 19. and 21. 3. Among the Gentiles there was an imitation of these things when they caried the mysteries of their gods in coffers L. Apul. de Asin. our l. 11. Alb. Tibull Et levis occultis conscia Cista sacris Shittins or Cedar wood in the Greek wood incorruptible a cubit that is a foot and an halfe or six handbredths see Gen. 6. 15. Vers. 11. a crowne or border which was both for ornament and
guiltinesse that is the day wherin he is found a trespasser which the Greeke interpreteth the day wherein he is convicted or reprehended Or we may understand it the day wherein hee offreth for his trespasse so Chazkuni explaineth it The robber shal give the goods to him that is robbed in the day that hee bringeth his Trespasse-offring turning from his sin that his oblation may be accepted with favour Ver. 6. perfect without blemish This oblation was performed w th such rites as the other before mentioned in c. 5. see the notes there and on Numb 5. 8. in trespassing or by guilty-trespasse or with guiltinesse therein The Greek translateth and hath trespassed therein These sacrifices could not by theÌ„selves make aâ—onement or procure forgivenesse of sins but they signified the atonement made by the sacrifice of Christ Heb. 10. 14. 10. 14. and taught men mortification and dying unto sinne as David saith Thou delightest not sacrifice that I should give it c. the sacrifices of God are a broken spirit as broken and a contrite hart c. Ps. 51. 18. 19. And where true repentance faith in Christ amendement of life is found in the sinner there is promise of grace and of forgivenesse of sins though they be as scarlet they shall be as white as snow though they be red like crimsin they shall be as wooll Esay 1. 16. 18. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the 25. section of the law fee Gen. 6. 9. Hitherto in this booke God hath shewed what sacrifices men should offer now he declareth the manner and rites about those sacrifices more particularly Vers. 9. because of the burning or it is that which ascendeth by the burning Here is the reason of the name for the Burnt-offring is in Hebrew Gnolah that is an Ascension because by burning all in fire it went up in smoake and vapour Therefore the Holy ghost translateth it in Greeke Holocautoma that is a whole Burnt-offring Hebr. 10. 6. from Psal. 40. The use of this sacrifice is shewed on Leviticus 1. Here the Thargum called Ionathans saith it was to make atonement for the imaginations of the heart all night though the time of the Evening sacrifice began about mid afternoone as is shewed on Exod. 12. 6. yet the burning might continue all night till breake of the day No sacrifices were offred but by day therefore they killed no sacrifice but by day nor sprinkled any blood but in the day that it was killed for when the Sun was set the blood became unlawfull to be sprinkled Sacrifices whose blood was sprinkled by day their fat was burned by night till the pillar of the morning ascended that is till breake of the day And so the pieces of the burnt-offrings were burned by night till breake of the day But for to keepe men farre from trespassing our wise men have said that they should not burne the fattes or pieces of the burnt-offring but untill midnight Although it was lawfull to burne them by night yet they did not deferre them purposely but endevâ—red to burne all by day Gratefull is a commandement done in the houre of the same Maimony treat of offring the sacrif chap. 4. Sect. 1. 2. 3. This law here given seemes specially to intend the daily Burnt-offring of the church which was offred first in the morning and last in the evening as the Hebrew Doctors say It is unlawfull to offer any sacrifice at all before the daily sacrifice of the morning neither kill they any sacrifice to weet for particular persons after the daily evening sacrifice except the sacrifice of the Passeover onely Maimony treat of the daily sacrif chap. 1. Sect. 3. shall be burning or shall be made to burne that is nourished continually so verse 12. Vers. 10. his linnen raiment or the linnen robe as the Greeke translateth a sinnen coat Such were made for the inferiour Priests to minister in Exod. 28 40. 41. The originall word Middo signifieth a large garment proportionable to the bodie It is the Coâ— as Sol. Iarchi observeth and the scripture calleth it Middo because it was like Middatho his measure that wore it Hence the Greeks borrowed their word Maâ—due which is a coat or mantle And the Hebrew 〈◊〉 signifieth finer linnen then that of common flax which is called by another name therefore the Chaldee here translateth it garments of bysse 〈◊〉 the notes on Exod. 25. 4. The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ghazkuni on this place is the Coat the Miter and the Girdle which all are of lin 〈…〉 and the scripture speaketh of them as of one because they all are as one garment for he is not clothed with one without the other his flesh in Greeke his body meaning his secret parts which for honestie and reverence of Gods sanctuarie were to be covered with these breeches next the skinne See the notes on Exod. 28. 43. and compare Ezek. 44. 17. 18. hath consumed or hath eaten ashes are said to be consumed when the wood and sacrifices are consumed and turned to ashes So meale is said to be ground Esay 47. 2. when the corne by grinding is turned to meale besides the altar on the east-side furthest from the sanctuarie Levâ—t 1. 16. The taking-up of the ashes from on the altar is commanded to be done every day and it is one of the Priests services Leviticus 6. 10. They did it when the pillar of the morning ascended that is at breake of the day And at the feasts they did it at the beginning of the third part of the night and on Reconciliation day at midnight He whose duty it was to take them up washed himselfe and put on the clothes in which hee was to take them up and sanctified that is washed hâ—s hands and his feete And tooke a fire-pan and went up to the altar c. Maimony treat of the daily sacrif chap. 2. Sect. 10. 11. c. The taking up of the ashes is the first of all the services in the day and the meaning and mysterie of it is to remove away the spirit of uncleannesse that remaineth after the digestion of the members and fat intrails that lyeth on them And therfore it is not done but in white garments only because by mercy iniquity is purged Pro. 16. 6. R. Menachem on Le. 6. Vers. 11. other garments Vnto the Altar no Priest might come but in the holy garments appointed of God and those garments they used not but in the Sanctuarie Hereupon it is written when the Priests goe forth into the utter court to the people they shall put off the garments wherein they ministred and lay them in the holy chambers and they shall put 〈…〉 ther garments and they shall not sanctifie the people with their garments Ezek. 44. 19. Yet forasmuch as the carying away of the ashes belonged to the Priests by other garments the Hebrewes understand not common clothes but other holy garments The Priests garments wherein he tooke away the ashes were lesser then those wherein
wash all the haire of his head for by sentence of the law it is as his body and any uncleane that are baptised in their clothes it will serve the turne because the water passeth through them and they part it not from the body and so the menstruous woman that is baptised in her clothes it is lawfull for her to company with her husbaÌ„d If there be any thing that part betweene the body or vessell and the water as if clay or any like thing cleave to the flesh of man or to a vessell it is uncleane still as it was and the baptising profiteth them nothing Maimony in Mikvaoth ch 1. s. 2. 7. 12. This rinsing and washing of the hands in water figured the cleansing of the body and spirit from all filthinesse 2 Cor. 7. 1. Heb. 10. 22. So the Apostle saith Clense your hands ye sinners and purifie your hearts yee double minded Iam. 4. 8. Vers. 12. of earth or of potters earth such as potbakers burne in the kill see the notes on Lev. 11. 33. All vessells that are uncleane are made cleane by water save vessels of potters-earth and vessells of glasse such have no cleannesse but breaking Maim in Mikvaoth ch 1. s. 3. Earthen vessells somtime signify reprobate persons Psal. 2. 9. Ier. 19. 11. so the breaking of these might figure the destruction of ungodly men the rinsing and scouring of other vessels signifying the purging of repentant beleeving sinners by the blood of Christ and waters of his word and spirit Or if it be applied generally as all men are earthen vessells it figured the utter abolishing of sin uncleannes by death as is shewed on Lev. 11. 33. of wood or of other strong matter as of silver braâ—â—e copper and the like About tho washing of vessells the Iewes have these rules that nothing must part the vessell or any part of it and the water as pitch clay or the like that cleaveth to the vessell that if a vessell bee turned the mouth downward and baptised it is as if it were not baptised because the water so comes not to all parts of it Likewise a vessell full of any liquor except water and baptised it is as if it were not baptised Maimony in Mikvaoth c. 3. s. 1. 12. 18. Vnto the ordinances of the Lord for washing men and vessels that were uncleane the Pharisees after added traditions of their owne washing when they were not uncleane for except they washed their hands oft they did not cate and when they came from the market except they were baptised they did not eate and many other things they had received to hold the baptising of cups and of pots and of brazen vessells and of beds For these Christ blamed them that they layd aside the commandement of God and held the tradition of men Mark 7. 4. 8. yea so farre proceeded they in their superstition that they said whosoever eateth without washing of his hands he is as one that lyeth with a harlot abusing for this that scripture in Prov. 6. 28. as R. Menachem on Deut. 8. alledged from the Talmud in Sotah Vers. 13. shall be cleansed that is healed but the meanes of healing are not declared save that by the rites and sacrifices following God would teach theÌ„ that his grace in Christ maketh them whol by the Prophet he saith I will save you from all your uncleannesses Ezek. 36. 29. and from all your filthines and from all your idols will I clense you Ezek. 36. 25. which cleansing is shewed to be by pardoning iniquities Ier. 33. 8. and by creating a cleane heart in sinners Psal. 51. 12. so that they come unto Christ in faith as the woman that had an issue of blood and had spent all her living on Physicians but could not be healed of any when she touched the border of Christs garment her issue stanched and Christ said unto her Thy faith hath made thee whole Luke 8. 43. 44. 48. seven daies for his cleansing to try whether he be perfectly cured and cleane and to lead him in mystery unto the day of Christ and Sabbath or rest from sin under him for so the number seven signified as is noted on Exodus 12. 15. Levit. 4. 7. And from hence the Hebrewes gather he must count seven cleane daies and be baptised in the seventh and bring his offring in the eight If he see any appearance of his issue though it be at the end of the seventh day after he is baptised all that he hath done is nothing but he must begin againe to reckon seven cleane dayes after the day of the last appearance of his issue Maimony in Mechosrei capporah ch 3. sect 1. bathe or wash his flesh which the Greek translateth wash his bodie See vers 5. living water that is as the Chaldee expoundeth it spring or fountaine water whereof see the notes on Levit. 14. 5. The Hebrewes explaine this law thus The man that hath an issue is not elensed but in a fountaine for loe it is said of him In living water but the woman that hath an issue and other uncleane either men or vessells are baptised though in a gathering of waters Maimony in Mikvaoth c. 1. s. 5. The Pond or gathering of water called in Hebrew Mikveh whereof see Levit. 11. 36. was requisite for the cleansing of other uncleane persons that needed baptising All uncleane either men or vessells c. were not cleansed but by baptising in waters gathered-together upon the ground By the law they might baptise in all waters gathered together into one place so many as would suffice to baptise the whole body of a man The quantitie their wise men determined to bee fortie Seahs of water the Seah was more then our English pecke as is noted on Gen. 18. 6. Such a pond or bath they say became unlawfull to wash in by change of the colour of the water onely not by change of tast or change of smell Running waters that flow from a spring are as the spring it selfe for any matter Standing water is not allowable for men that have the issue nor for the Lepers nor for the water of purification Numb â—9 17. These things and sundry the like Maimony hath recorded in Mikvaoth ch 1. s. 1. and c. 4. s. 1. and c. 7. s. 1. and ch 19. s. 13. Among the Latines spring and running waters were called also living as Attrectare nefas donec me flumine vivo Abluero Virgil Aeneid 2. This living water figured the blood spirit of Christ for he hath washed us froÌ„ our sins in his owne blood Rev. 1. 5. from his throne proceedeth a pure river of water of life into his Church Rev. 22. 1. his mouth and Law is a will of water of life Prov. 10. 11. and 13. 14. Iohn 4. 10. and the Spirit which they that beleeve in him doe receive is as rivers of living water Iohn 7. 38. 39. These cleane waters when God sprinkleth upon sinners they shall be cleane
accompany him And there remained betweene the last boothe and the rocke in the wildernesse two miles At every boothe they said unto the man loe here is meat and here is water if his strength failed him and hee had need to eat hee might eat but there never was man they say that needed so to doe And without necessitie no man might eat for it was their most solemne Fast. From the last boothe they went not with him to the Rocke but halfe way one mile their sabbath daies journey and stood a farre off to see what he did with the goat When he had put the goat downe the Rocke they at the boothes aforesaid waved with linnen clothes or white flagges to the end that they in Ierusalem might know that the goat was come to the wildernesse Talmud in Ioma chap. 6. and Maimony in his Comment thereon and in his Misneh in Iom hakippurim chap. 3. sect 7. c. Of their sabbath dayes journey see the notes on Exodus 16. 29. Vers. 22. all their iniquities by this it appeareth that as the killed goat figured Christ killed for the sinnes of his people so this living goat figured him also who bare our griefes and caried our sorrowes and on whom God laid the iniquity of us all Esa. 53. 4. 6. And because Christ was not onely to dye for our offences but also to rise againe for our justification Rom. 4. 25. to be crucified through weakenesse yet to live by the power of God 2 Cor. 13 4. to be put to death in the flesh but quickned by the Spirit 1 Pet. 3. 13. and for that these two things could not fitly be shadowed by any one beast which the Priest having killed could not make alive againe therefore God appointed two that in the slame beast Christs death in the live beast his life and victory might be fore shadowed Heb. 9. 23. 24. 28. See the like mysterie in the two birds for the cleansing of the Leper Levit. 14. 6. 7. Or the sending of this goat into the wildernesse as the former was sacrificed in the Sanctuarie might figure out the salvation of Christ communicated with the gentiles and peoples of the world as Esa. 42. 1. 4. 11. and 49. 6. For the wildernesse is sometime used to signifie peoples Ezek. 20. 35. The Hebrewes say The scape goat made-atonement for all the transgressions of the Law both the lighter and the more heavy transgressions whether done presumptuously or ignorantly whether they were knowne unto a man or unknowne all are expiated by the Scape-goat if so be the partie doe repent Maimony in treat of Repentance chap. 1. sect 2. This goat was but a shadow of Christ and unto repentance must be added faith sor God hath set him forth to bee a propitiation through faith in his blood Rom. 3. 25. land of separation or a land cut-off a land separated to weet from other lands or from all people that is as the Chaldee translateth it a land that is not inhabited which the Greeke calleth Abaton waylesse or inaccessibles where no man goeth afterward Moses calleth it a wildernesse Or it may meane a place decreed of and determined whither to send him for the Hebrew word sometime signifieth a decree Iob 22. 28. Dan. 4. 17. Hereby was figured the utter abolishing of our sinnes by Christ both from the face of God that they should not appeare against us before him to be imputed unto us and also from us that sinne should have no more dominion over us nor we serve it any longer but having our consciences purged from dead workes should serve the living God 2 Cor. 5. 19. Heb. 9. 26. 14. Rom. 6. 6. 12. So the Prophet speaking of the like grace saith unto God Thou wilt cast all their sinnes into the depths of the sea Mich. 7. 19. And this word which Moses here useth is not elsewhere used in like sort for a land but for cutting off of other things and in particular is applied to Christ working our redemption that hee was cut-off out of the land of the living Esa. 53. 8. which the holy Ghost expoundeth thus his life was taken from the earth Act. 8. 33. and whereof himselfe speaking said whither I goe ye cannot come Ioh. 13. 33. That eternall Spirit through which Christ offred himselfe without spot unto God Heb. 9. 14. and by which he was made-alive after death 1 Pet. 3. 18. inabled his flesh or manhood to suffer such things as no other creature could come neere unto and thereby Sin is put-away and the body of sinne abolished Heb. 9. 26. Rom. 6. 6. The Hebrewes say of this goat sent away that the man which caried it threw it downe the rocke and so it dyed Thalmud in Ioma chap. 6. Vers. 23. Aaron shall come whiles the goat afore-said was going to the wildernesse these services following began and other after them in this order as the Hebrewes have recorded After he hath sent away the goat by the hand of him that led him hee returneth to the bullocke and goat wholse blood hee had sprinkled within the Sanctuarie and openeth them and taketh out their fat which he putteth in a vessell to burne them upon the Altar And he cutteth the rest of their flesh into great pieces but one cleaving to another and not parted asunder and them he sondeth by the hand of others to be caried out to the place of burning without the campe Levit. 16. 27. When the Scape goat is come to the wildernesse the high Priest goeth out into the womens court to read the Law And whiles hee is reading they burne the bullocke and the goat in the place of the ashes without the citie therefore hee that seeth the high Priest when he readeth seeth not the bullocke and the goat burnt When he readeth all the people stand before him and the minister of the Congregation taketh up the booke of the Law and giveth it to the Chief of the congregation and he to the Sagan or second chiefe Priest and the Sagan giveth it to the high Priest who standeth up when he receiveth it and standeth and readeth the 16. of Leviticus and Levit. 23. 27. 32. c. And when he readeth he blesseth God before and after c. After this hee putteth off his white garments and washeth himselfe and putteth on his golden garments and sanctifieth his hands and his feet and offreth the goat which is for the generall addition to this daies service Numb 29. 11. and offreth his owne ram and the peoples ram as it is said AND HE SHAL COME FORTH AND SHALL MAKE HIS BVRNT-OFFRING AND THE BVRNT-OFFRING OF THE PEOPLE Lev. 16. 24. And he burneth on the altar the fat of the bullocke and of the goat that were burnt without the campe And he offreth the daily evening sacrifice the Lambe Numb 28. 3. and trimmeth the Lempes as on other dayes Exod. 27. 21. After this he sanctifieth his hands and his feet and putteth off the golden
any beast to lye downe thereto thou shalt even kill the woman the beast they shal surely be put to death their bloods shall be upon them And the man that taketh his sister his fathers daughter or his mothers daughter and seeth her nakednes and shee see his nakednesse it is impietie and they shal be cut off in the eyes of the sonnes of their people he hath uncovered his sisters nakednes he shall beare his iniquity And the man that lyeth with a woman having-her sicknes and uncovereth her nakednes discovereth bee fountaine and she uncovereth the fountaine of her bloods even both of them shall be cut-off from among their people And thou shalt not uncover the nakednes of thy mothers sister or of thy fathers sister for he discouereth his neere-kinne they shall beare their iniquity And the man that lyeth with his aunt hee hath uncovered his uncles nakednes they shall beare their sinne they shall dye childles And the man that taketh his brothers wife it is uncleannes he hath uncovered his brothers nakednes they shall bee childles And ye shall keepe all my statutes and all my judgments and doe them that the land spue you not out which I bring you thither to dwell therein And ye shall not walke in the statutes of the nation which I send out from before you for all these things have they done and I am yrked with them And I have said unto you you shall inherit their land and I will give it unto you to inherit it a land that floweth with milke and honey I am Iehovah your God which have separated you from the peoples And yee shall separate betweene the cleane beast and the uncleane and betweene the uncleane fowle and the cleane and yee shall not make your soules abominable by beast or by fowle or by any thing that creepeth on the ground which I have separated unto you for uncleane And ye shall be holy unto me for I Iehovah am holy and have separated you from the peoples to be mine And man or woman when there is in them a familiar-spirit or that is a wizard they shall surely be put to death they shall stone them with stones their bloods shall be upon them Annotations EVery man or Any man whosoever Hebr. man 〈◊〉 as Levit. 17. 3. Targum Ionathan explaineth it yong man or old man the Greeke hath If any Here God appointeth punishments for the transgression of such Lawes as were given in the two former chapters that sojourneth or that is a stranger in Greeke proselytes of his seed that is any of his children Molech an Idoll to which the heathens offred their children whereof see Lev. 18. 21. he shall surely be put to death or he shal be put to dye the death Heb. dying he shall be made to dye So after in verse 9. 10. 11. 12. c. the people of the land the Chaldee expounds it the people of the house of Israel stone him his sinne being proved before the Iudges by witnesses the hands of the witnesses were first to be upon him and afterward the hands of all the people Deut. 17. 6. 7. Foure manner of deaths were in Israel for malefactors Stoning Burning Killing with the sword and Strangling And the Hebrewes reckon eighteen euil doers which were to be stoned that was the sorest death sundry of them are mentioned in this chapter of all the rest see the notes on Exodus 21. 12. The manner of stoning is said to be thus when the malefactor came within foure cubits of the place of execution they stript him out of his clothes but covered his nakednesse before and a woman was not stoned naked but in one linnen garment The place of stoning was high unto which the malefactor with his witnesses went up his hands being tyed One of the witnesses stroke him behinde upon his loynes if that kild him not the other witnesses threw a great stone upon his heart if hee dyed not with it all Israel threw stones upon him Talmud Bab. in Sanhedrin chap. 6. and Maimony in Sanhedrin chapter 15. section 1. Vers. 3. And I will set Heb. will give that is will oppose and set firmly for which in verse 5. Moses useth the word set This is meant if the sinne were not knowne or could not be proved by witnesses sufficiently before men that God himselfe would cut off the sinner which the Chaldee and Greeke doe interpret destroy or make to perish So Chazkuni expoundeth it I will set my face when he transgresseth without witnesses and evident-proofe The Hebrewes reckon sixe and thirtie which for their sins are threatned by the law to be cut off and they are these 1. Hee that lyeth with his mother 2. or with his fathers wife 3. or with his daughter-in-law 4. or with mankinde 5. or with a beast 6. and the woman that lyeth downe to a beast 7. hee that lyeth with a woman and her daughter 8. or with another mans wife 9. or with his sister 10. or with his fathers sister 11. or with his mothers sister 12 or with his wives sister 13. or with the wife of his fathers brother 14. or with the wife of his mothers brother 15. or with a woman that hath her sicknesse 16. The blasphemer 17. the Idol-server 18. he that giveth of his seed to Molech 19. hee that followeth him that hath a familiar spirit 20. hee that prophaneth the Sabbath 21. the uncleane person that eateth the holy thing 22. the uncleane person that commeth into the Sanctuarie 23. Hee that eateth fat 24. or blood 25. or that eateth that which remaineth of the sacrifices when it is a polluted thing 26. or that eateth uncleane meats 27. Hee that slayeth sacrifices without the sanctuarie 28. be that offreth them without 29. He that eateth Leaven at the Passeover 30. he that eateth any thing on Atonement day 31. or that worketh on that day 32. Hethat maketh an Oile like the holy oile of the Sanctuary 33. or maketh anincense like the holy incense 34. or that anointeth mans flesh with the holy oile of the Sanctuary 35. He that observeth not the Passeover 36. or that observeth not the Law of circumcision For these they are guilty to be cut off if they transgresse presumptuously if ignoraÌ„tly they must bring a sin-offring c. Thalmad Bab. in Châ—â— it huâ—â— chap. 1. All these are expressed in Moses Law and yet hee that gathered these in the Thalmud as Maimony in his Annotations upon the same place observeth reckoneth but the generals and leaveth the particulars For where he saith He that lyeth with a woman and her daughter he implieth also a woman with her sonne so a woman and her sons daughter a woman and her daughters daughter and his mother and his mothers mother and his fathers mother and his daughter and his sons daughter and his daughters daughter And under the name of the Idolserver is implied hee that poureth out a drink-offring or that burneth incense or
other was divided to all the custodies the Priests in their charges and both of them were eaten the same day and halfe the night as the 〈◊〉 of the most holy things Maimony in Tamidin chap. 8 sect 11. holinesse that is most holy The Peace-offrings of particular persons were light holy things but the peace-offrings of the Congregation were holy of holies that is most holy as 〈◊〉 Iarchi here observeth for the Priest 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may eat them as before is shewed The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 deth for the Priest that offreth them The 〈◊〉 the Priests to eat these and other â—oly things 〈◊〉 in Numb 18. 8. 9. 10. c. Vers. 21. shall proclaime or shall convocate 〈◊〉 is call-together the people in Greeke ye shall 〈◊〉 this day this selfe same day Hebr. the strength or bodie of this body so in verse 14. and 28. and 29. See Gen 7. 13. a convocation of holi 〈…〉 an holy convocation and meeting together of all the people partly in remembrance of their comming out of Egypt Deut. 16. 12. who came thence to-keepe a feast to the Lord in the wildernesse Exâ—â— 5. 1. 3. which they keepe at mount Sinai Exod. 24. where also the Law was given at this time of the yeere Exod. 19. 1. 11. the memoriall where 〈◊〉 celebrated by this yeerely feast and pardy to 〈…〉 ctifie the first fruits of their wheat harvest and to celebrate Gods mercies for the fruitfulnesse 〈◊〉 their land as this place sheweth The chiefe thâ—â—g figured hereby was the solomne giving of the 〈◊〉 of Christ which after was performed in Ierusalem at this feast of Pentecost when he sent his Apostles the gifts of his spirit in fierie tongues Act. 2. 1. 2. 3. whereupon they went forth to reape that which the Prophets had sowne gathcring fruit unto 〈◊〉 eternall and bringing the wheat of God into his garner unto the everlasting praise of the glory of his grace Ioh. 4. 35. 38. Luke 3. 17. Eph. 1. 3. 〈◊〉 And this Feast we now celebrate whiles with joy and thankfulnesse unto God we receive the 〈◊〉 the spirit of life in Christ Iesus which hath macâ—â— free from the law of sinne and death Rom. 8. 2. 15. Galath 3. 2. Vers. 22. not wholly-rid not â—ut downe all 〈◊〉 leave some in the corner of thy field for the 〈◊〉 This law was given before in Levit. 19. 9. in the very words see the annotations there God speaking here of the Feasts which were in harveth which they celebrated to the honour of 〈◊〉 repeateth that law concerning the poore whose reliefe he joyneth with his owne service as in repeating these feasts hee maketh expresse mention of such also to bee made partakers of their joy Deut. 16. 11. 14. See also Deut. 24. 19. 22. where this law is inlarged Vers. 24. the seventh moneth called of the Hebrewes â—isri of us now September in scripture it is named Ethanim 1 King 8. 2. which the Chaldee there expoundeth the moneth of the Ancients which they called the first moneth c. and now it is the seventh moneth So Targum Ionathan here explaineth it In Tisri which is the seventh moneth In this moneth Solomons Temple was dedicated the first day which was at the new moone for all their moneths in Israel were counted by the Moone asabbatisme that is a rest or cessation from your labours Targum Ionathan calleth it a good day blowing-of-trompets or of cornets the Greeke translateth a memoriall of trompets the Chaldee a memoriall of showting The Hebrew Tragnah here used is generally a lowd showing noise commonly for joy as Ezra 3. 11. 12. 1 Chro. 15. 28. sometime for sorrow as Ier. 20. 16. Mich. 4. 9. and is either with mans voice or with sound of trompet and then it is that broken sound called an alarme Numb 10. 5. 7. Againe Trompets were of two sorts some of metall as the silver trompets in the Sanctuarie Numb 10. 2. some of horne called cornets 2 Chron. 15. 14. Psal. 98. 6. That this was with blowing of trompets and cornets appeareth by Numb 10 10. in your solemne dayes and in the beginnings of your moneths yee shall blow with the trompets over your burnt offrings c. and in Psal. 81. 3. Blow up the cornet or trompet in the new-moone c. At every new-moone they had a solemnitie in Israel and offred besides the daily sacrifices two bullockes one ram seven lambs for burnt-offrings with their meat and drinke-offrings and a goat for a sin-offring Numb 28. 11. 15. and at this new moone which was the beginning of the yeere they offered all the foresaid sacrifices and over and besides them one bullocke one ram and seven lambs for burnt-offrings and a goat for a sin-offring Num. 29. 1. 6. The trompet which they proclaimed the new yeere with was the same that they proclaimed the Iubilee with which was a cornet called in Hebrew Shophar Levit. 25. 9. The Hebrew doctors write here of thus It is commanded by the Law to heare the sound of the trompet or cornet in the beginning of the yeere Numb 29. 1. and the trâ—mpet which they blew with either in the beginning of the yeere or at the Iubilee was of arams horne crooked and all cornets save of rammes horne were unlawfull And although it bee not expressed in the law that the blowing at the new yeere should be with the cornet Levit 23. 24. yet of the Iubilee it is said SHOPHAR TRVGNAH the cornet of loud sound Levit. 25. 9. whereupon we have beene taught the sound or blowing at the Iubilee was with the cornet Shophar also the sound at the beginning of the yeere was with the cor 〈◊〉 In the Sanctuarie they did blow in the beginning of the yeere with one cornet and two trompets because it is written in Psal. 98. 6. with trompets and sound of cornet shout triumphantly before the LORD the King but in other places they did not blow in the beginning of the yeere save with the cornet onely All are bound to heare the sound of the cornet Priests and Levites and Israelites and Proselytes and servants that are made free but women and servants and children are not bound The sound Trugnah or alarme spoken of in the law is not certainely knowue of us by reason of the length of yeeres and our many captivities so that we know not how it was Maimony in Shophar c. chap. 1. sect 1. 2. and chap. 2. sect 1. and chap. 3. sect 2. Howbeit by the same author and by Thalm. Bab in Rosh hasshanah chap. 3. and 4. it appeareth that they used to blow with these cornets both in Ierusalem and in all other cities in the Synagogues for the feasts were proclaimed in all their cities and not onely in Ierusalem Nehem. 8. 15. and with it they used prayers and blessings and reading of some scriptures â—itting the matter in hand This blowing of trompets by the Priests in the Sanctuarie and Ministers in the Synagogues which all the
restraint as the other legall ordinances untill the Iubile of the Gospel for then Barnabas a Levite sold his field that hee might injoy a better inheritance among the saints Act. 4. 36. 37. Howbeit the Hebrew doctors understand this Law otherwise and say The Priests and the Levites which sell any field of their cities 〈…〉 ny house c. doe redeeme them after this manner they sell fields though it be neer to the Iubile and redeeme them out of hand and they redeeme houses in the walled cities at any time when they please though it bee after many yeeres Lev. 25. 32. Maimony in Iobel chap. 13. sect 7. And this law against selling they expound of alteration or changing thus In the Levites cities they may not make of a citie the suburbs nor of the suburbs a citie nor of the suburbs a field nor of a field suburbs as it is written the field of the suburbs of their cities shall not be sold Lev. 25. 34. We have beene taught that this which is said SHALL NOT BEE SOLD meaneth shall not be altered but the field and the suburbs and the citie shall all three of them be as they are for ever Maimony ibidem sect 4. 5. Vers. 35. waxen poore or brought low as vers 25. and 39. hand faileth or hand is moved which the Greeke translateth and he bee weake or impotent in his hands by thee that is unable to relieve himself This phrase is here once applied to the land in Deut. 32. 35. and often other where to the foot the moving or sliding whereof is also a decay or falling into evill strengthen him or take hold on him and so confirme his weake hands that is as the Greeke translateth helpe or relieve him So God is sayd to strengthen or hold the right hand of Cyrus when he inabled him to subdue nations Esay 45. 1. so of Christ in Esay 42. 6. and of his people when hee helpeth them against their enemies Esay 41. 12. 13. According to this law is that in Deut. 15. 7. 8. 10. where God commandeth to open the hand to lend and to give unto the poore and it is reckoned for one of the sinnes of Sodom that shee strengthened not the hand of the poore and needy Ezek. 16. 49. even the stranger that is though he be a stranger and none of thine owne nation or as the Greeke translateth thou shalt helpe him as a stranger and sajâ—urner Wherby God may intend the naturall Israelites which were but strangers and sojourners with him verse 13. which is also the state of all the Saints on earth 1 Pet. 2. 11. that he may or and hee shall live so the Gr. saith and thy brother shall live with thee By living is meant the recovering of him-selfe out of his miserie as elsewhere life is opposed to sicknesse ruine and other miseries Esay 38. 9. Nehem. 4. 2. 1 Chron. 11. 8. Gen. 45. 27. Therefore God commandeth to let the poore man have sufficient for his need Deuteronomy 15. 8. see the annotations there Hereby also was figured that such as are poore in spirit ought to bee comforted and such as are impoverished by sinne should bee sought after for their recovery by admonition exhortation prayer c. that life may be given them 1 Thes. 5. 14. 1 Ioh. 5. 16. Iam. 5. 16. 20. V. 36. biting-usurie of this see what is noted on Ex. 22. 25. increase or multiplication overplus that is when one taketh more then he lent So in Ezek. 18. 8. 13. 17. Spirituall usury and exaction which under this Law is also forbidden is when the Law is urged upon the conscience of repentant sinners more then is meet whereby his life with God which is by faith in Christ is empeached or when the rudiments of the Law which Christ hath freed his people from are layd as a yoke upon their neckes and burden upon their consciences both which are hinderances of that true life and joy which God by the Gospel and Spirit of his Sonne ministreth unto the Saints Matth. 18. 28. 33. Gal. 2. 14. 21. and 4. 9. 10. 11. and 5. 1. 2. c. Acts 15. 1. 10. 11. Esay 9. 8. Vers. 39. waxen poore in Greeke be humbled or brought low as vers 25 be sold for extreame povertie debt or theft as 2 King 4. 1. Exod. 22. 3. See the notes on Exod. 21. 2. not serve thy selfe in Greeke hee shall not serve thee of a servant of a slave or bondman as to compell him to doe base and slavish works The Hebrewes say It is unlawfull for an Israelite when he buyeth any Hebrew servaÌ„t to make him serve in things vile which are proper for servants or slaves to doe as to cary his vessells after him to the bath or to untie his shoes c. Lev. 25. 49. Which is to be understood of an Hebrew servaÌ„t because his soule is east downe by his sale but an Israelite which is not sold it is lawfull to use his ministerie as a servants for lo he doth not such worke but willingly and of his owne minde Maimony tom 4. treat of Servants chap. 1. sect 7. This Law Solomon kept as it is said but of the sons of Israel did Solomon make no servant but they were men of warre his servants his princes his captatins c. 1 Kin. 9. 22. Vers. 40. as a sojourner in Greeke or a sojourner meaning that he should be used kindly reverently and as a brother vers 46. The Hebrew canons say Every Hebrew servant or handmaid their master is bound to make them equall to himselfe in meat in drinke in clothing in dwelling as it is said in Deut. 15. 16. because he is well with thee so that thou maist not eate white bread and he eate browne bread or thou drinke old wine and he drinke new or thou sleepe on a fetherbed and he sleepe on straw c. Hereupon they say who so buyeth an Hebrew servant buyeth himselfe a master c. Neverthelesse it is necessary that the servant behave himselfe with a servants behaviour in those services which he doth unto him Maim in Servants ch 1. s. 9. yeere of Iubile which was the yeere of liberty for all manner Hebrew servants therefore No Hebrew maid or Hebrew manservant was in use in Israel but at the time when the Iubile was in use whether it were a servant that sold him-selfe or that was sold by the Synedrion Maimony in servants chap. 1. sect 10. Vers. 41. goe out from with thee the Greek saith he shall goe out to remission into liberty For what cause or after what sort soever he hath beene sold the Iubile released him which was a figure of the time of grace whereby now Christ hath freed us from the servitude of sin and Satan Ioh. 8. 32. 36. Rom. 6. 14 18. The Hebrew doctors say He whom the Synedrion sold served six yeeres Exod. 21. 2. from the day of his sale and in the beginning of his seventh
of life Iohn 6. 48 51. Heb. 2. 9 10. 1 â—et 3. 18. But though the Manna was thus hard as wheat to be ground yet it used to melt as it lay on the earth with the heat of the Sunne that they gathered it onely in the morning Exod. 16. 21. baked or boyled coqued the word is sometime used for baking as in 2 Sam. 13. 8. though usually it signifieth to 〈◊〉 the best moisture oyle fresh oyle w ch hath no ranke favour The Hebrew Leshad is the best oâ—ly moisture in mans body Psal. 32. 4. so here it is the best sweet moisture of oyle which is the uppermost part It had also the taste of wafers with honey Ex. 16. 31. And here the Greeke translateth it wafers of oyle and the Chaldee paste or cakes with oyle So it was both pleasnt and wholsome food and the taste of oyle and honey figured the sweetnesse of grace which we by faith perceive in Christ the true Manna Psal. 119. 103. Song 5. 16. 〈◊〉 Pet. 2. 3. Verse 9. â—ell downe upon it and upon the Manna fell dew againe which when it was drawne up by the Sunne then the Manna appeared Exod. 16. 13 14. so the Manna lay as it were hidden between two dewes But after was manifested and given them of God freely every day a wheat which they sowed not nor laboured for but had for the taking up a meat which they knew not neither had their fathers knowne it whereby they were taught that man liveth not by bread onely but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord Deut. 8. 3. Verse 10. throughout or by their families so the sinne was generally spred among the people in the doore that is openly and sinned not in secret onely but as it were proclaimed their iniquitie and stirred up themselves and one another to follow their lusts Verse 11. done evill to thy servant that is afflicted me for evill when it commeth from God meaneth trouble and affliction wherewith he chastiseth his servants and exerciseth their faith and patience as Ier. 18. 8. Esai 45. 7. Amos 3. 6. that thou layest Heb. for to lay or to put so it hath reference to the former part of the speech See the notes on Gen. 6. 19. the burden the weighty care and charge so in Deut. 1. 12. The Greeke here translateth it anger but after in vers 17 violence or assault This sheweth the great charge that lieth upon governours so Paul mentioneth the caere of all the Churches which came upon him daily 2 Cor. 11. 28. Verse 12. Have I conceived so also the Greeke translateth it but the Chaldee saith Am I the father of all this people are they my sonnes begotten them Hebr. begotten it or brought forth it speaking of the people as of one man begotten as by a father or brought forth as by a mother So the Apostle applieth both similies to himselfe saying to the Corinthians Ye have not many fathers for in Christ Iesus I have begotten you through the Gospell 1 Cor. 4. 15. and to the Galathians My children of whom I travell in birth againe untill Christ be formed in you Gal. 4. 19. In this complaint of Moses the weaknesse of the Law is signified w ch begetteth no children to God Rom. 7. 4. 5 c. and 8. 3. but by the word of Truth the Gospell and by beleefe in Christ we are borne of God I am 1. 18. 1 Pet. 1. 23 25. 1 Ioh. 5. 1. in thy bosome that is lovingly tenderly carefully which Moses the Lawgiver could not doe as is done by Christ of whom it is said He shall feed his flocke like a shepheard he shall gather his lambes with his arme and be are them in his bosome he shall gently lead those that are with young Esai 40. 11. a nursing father This sheweth the love mildnesse gentlenesse w ch should be in governours and so it is said unto the Church Kings shall be thy nursing fathers c. Esai 49. 23. And the Apostle saith Wee were gentle among you even as a nurse cherisheth her children we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you as a father doth his children 1 Thes. 2. 7. 11. Accordingly the Hebrewes have this rule for all governours of the Church It is unlawfull for a man to governe with statelinesse over the congregation and with haughtinesse of spirit but with meeknesse and feare And every pastour that bringeth more terrour upon the congregation than is for the name of God he shall be punished and shall not see himselfe to have a learned wise son as it is said in Iob 37. 24. Men do therfore feare him he respecteth not any that are wise of heart And so it is not lawfull for him to governe them with contemptuous carriage although they be the common people of the land neither may he tread upon the heads of the holy people although they be unlearned base they are the sons of Abraham Isaacke and Iacob and the armies of the Lord that brought them out of the land of Egypt by great might and by strong hand but he must be are the toyle of the Congregation and their burden as Moses our Master of whom it is said AS A NVRSING FATHER BE ARETH THE SVCKING CHILD c. Maimony in Misn. tom 4. in Sanhedrin ch 25. sect 1 2. That w ch Moses speaketh of a Nursing father the Chaldee that goeth in the name of Ionathan and Targum Ierusalemy calleth Pedagoga which word Paul useth when he saith the Law was our Pâ—dagogue or Schoolemaster unto Christ Gal. 3. 24. whose graces were figured by that land whither Moses now was to lead them as is shewed in the annotations on Gen. 12. 5. Verse 13. flesh to give By these complaints Moses sheweth his insufficiencie to governe this people and to supply their wants neither indeed could he bring them into the promised land but died ere they came thither Deut. 34. whereby the impossibility of the Law was signified that it could not bring men unto God or satisfie or restraine the lusts that reigne in our members though the Law it selfe is holy Rom. 7. 5 12. But what the Law could not doe in that it was weake through the flesh God hath done sending his owne Sonne Rom. 8. 3. who giveth us not flesh to satisfie our carnall lusts but his owne flesh to be the food of our soules which he hath given for the life of the world and which who so eateth hath eternall life Ioh. 6. 51. 54. Verse 15. if thou doe thus to leave the whole burden upon me still Here the word thou spoken to God is of the foeminine gender contrary to common rule of speech At for Attah which some thinke doth intimate Moses trouble of mind as if he could not perfectly utter his wordâ— and the like is in Deut. 5. 27. where the people terrified with the Majestie of God when he gave his Law said unto Moses Speake thou At unto
Creator without dark speech without parable He it is of whom the Law testifieth APPARANTLY AND NOT IN DARKE SPEECHES Num. 12. 8. for hee prophesied not by darke speech but apparantly for he saw the thing concerning his Creator All the Prophets were afraid and troubled and fainted but Moses was not so for the Scripture saith As a man speaketh unto his friend Exod. 33. 11. as if he should say as a man is not troubled to heare the words of his friend so there was strength in the mind of Moses to understand the words of prophesie and he stood on his place safe and well None of the Prophets prophesied at all times when they would but Moses was otherwise for at any time when he would the holy Ghost clothed him and prophesie came upon him and he needed not to prepare his minde and make himselfe readie for it for he was prepared and readie and stood as the Angels of ministerie therefore he prophesied at all times as it is said Stand still and I will heare what the LORD will command concerning you Num. 9. 8. And this God caused him to trust upon as it is said But as for thee Stand thou here with me c Deut. 5. 31. whereby thou maist learne that all the Prophets when prophesie was taken up from them returned to their tents which was for things necessary to the body of them all as the rest of the people therefore they were not separated from their wives but Moses our master returned not to his first tent therefore hee was separated from his wife for ever and his minde was fast bound unto God the Rocke everlasting and his glory was never taken up from upon him but the skinne of his face shined and he was sanctified as the Angels Maimony in Misn. tom 1 in Iesude hattorah chap 7 sect 1. 6. Now as the Apostle compareth Christ with Moses and preferreth him before Moses Heb. 3. so in this gift of prophesie hee did excel him for the Lord God gave him the tongue of the learned that he knew how to speake a word in season Esai 50. 4. and this he learned not by dreams or visions nor by Angels nor by speech communicated mouth to mouth but by cleare seeing of God which no man ever did at any time and being in the bosome of the Father Ioh. 1. 18. and having the Spirit not by measure he testified what hee had seene and heard with his Father Iohn 3. 34. 32. and 8. 38. and in him all fulnesse dwelt even the fulnesse of the Godhead bodily Coloss. 1. 19. and 2. 9. will I speake that is I usually speake the time to come is used to signifie a continued action in vision or by sight or appearance that is apparantly the Greeke translateth in an appearance or sight which word is opposed in 2 Cor. 5. 7. to faith which is of things not seene Hebr. 11. 1. and here the Lord opposeth it to darke speeches so it meaneth an apparant or cleare revelation Aben Ezra explaineth it thus I will show him the thing as it is as the forme of the Tabernacle Exod. 25. 40 and not in a darke speech or riddle like that in Ezek. 17. 2. a great Eagle with great wings c. darke speeches or hidden speeches riddles a 〈…〉 speech is called in Hebrew Chidah of sharpnes because it requireth sharpnesse of wit both to propound expound the same as we have example 〈◊〉 Sampsons riddle Iudg. 14. 13 14 c. it is of the nature of a parable as in Eze. 17. 2. 3. Son of man put forth a riddle speak a parable to the house of Israel A great Eagle with great wings long winged fullâ— feathers which had divers colors came unto Lebanan c. And all close and hidden doctrine is called a riddle Psal. 49. 5. And the holy Ghost translateth it in Greeke sometime Ainigma a riddle 1 Cor. 13. 12. as the common Greeke version hee hath sometime hidden things Mat. 13. 35. from Psal. 78. 2. and so the Chaldee of Ionathan expoundeth it here The Apostle sheweth the meaning of this word when he saith Now we see thorow a glasses a riddle that is darkly but then we shall see face to face 1 Corinth 13. 12. the similitude or the likenesse image which the Greeke interpreteth the glory of the Lord Sol. IIrchi saith This was the sight of Gods back-parts mentioned in Exod. 33. 23. And this prerogative Moses hâ—â— above all Israel which saw no similitude of God Deut. 4. 12. 15. and above all Prophets who saw no vision of God so cleare as hee did For even Moses himselfe could not see the face of God Exâ—â— 33 20. No man hath seene God at any time Iohn 1. 18. neither can see 1 Tim. 6. 16. against my servant against Moses a manner of speech both earnest and elegant like that in Gen. 21. 10. with my sonne with Isaack and that in 2 Sam. 7. 23. like thy people like Israel Sol. Iarchi noteth Hee saith not against my servant Moses but against my servent against Moses against my servant though he were not Moses against Moses for though he were not my servant it were meet yee should feare before him 〈◊〉 much more seeing he is my servant According to this the Apostle speaketh in 2 Pet. 2. 10. they are not afraid to speake evill of dignities Vers. 9. he went away withdrew the signe of his glorious presence not vouchsafing to locate their answer which was a token of his great dâ—pleasure Vers. 10. the cloud departed the cloud of the glory of the divine presence of the Lord saith Targum Ionathan leprous as snow that is leprous white as snow and this was the sorest leprosie and most incurable see Exod. 4. 6. 2 King 5. 27. and they that had this disease were put out of the Lords campe as uncleane Levit. 13. and therefore God departed now away for as Chazkuni here saith It is not the way of the earth that holinesse should stay in an unclean place This punishment was very memorable both for the suddennes and sorenesse of it wherefore it is after said Remember what Iehovah thy God did unto Marie by the way 〈…〉 ter that ye were come forth out of Egypt Deut. 24. 9 And if God did thus unto so great a woman for Moses sake what will he doe to such as rebell against Christ who is counted worthy of more glory than Moses Heb. 3. 3. For if they escaped not who refused him that spake on earth much more shall not 〈◊〉 escape if we turne away from him that speakth from heaven Hebr. 12. 25. For Christ is not the servant but the Sonne even the Lord from heaven 1 Cor. 15. 47. Verse 11. Alas my lord or Oh my lord Hebr. unto me to wit have respect the Chaldee explaineth it We pray thee my lord see this phrase in Gen. 43. 20. Aaron as unworthy of accesse himselfe unto God now departed maketh request unto Moses
sinne the word evill is added by Moses in Num. 14. 37. to shew that this their diffamation was very sinfull eateth up consumeth in Chaldee killeth the inhabitants which may bee understood of their civill warres whereby they devoured one another For the Amorites had conquered the Moabites Num. 21. 28 29. the Caphtorims or Philistines had destroyed the Avims Deut. 2. 23. This phrase was after used against the land when the Heathens had destroyed the Israelites in it Thou land eatest up men and hast bereaved thy nations Ezek. 36. 13. of statures or of dimensions of measures that is of great stature tall and bigge as the Greeke translateth exceeding tall men And as the Prophet openeth it high as Cedars strong as Oakes Amos 2. 9. An example of such a man of stature we have in 2 Sam. 21. 20. that had on every hand fix fingers and on every foot six toes c. and another of an Egyptian five cubits high with a speare in his hand like a weavers beame 1 Chron. 11. 23. So in Ier. 22. 14. an house of measures or of statures is for a large high house Vers. 33. Giants Hebr. Nephilim such as were before Noes floud see Gen. 6. 4. with the annotations as Grashoppers or as locusts that is low weake base in comparison with them So it is said of God He sitteth upon the circle of the earth and the inhabitants thereof are as Grashoppers Esai 40. 22. in their eyes that is they so esteemed us And by reason hereof it may be the spies passed thorow their land more safely whiles these mightie men despised and neglected them as the Philistine disdained to meddle with little David 1 Sam. 17. 42. The Hebrew Doctors to shew this feigne this explanation We heard them say one to another there are pismires in the vineyards like unto men Chazkuni on Num. 13. 33. CHAP. XIIII 1. The Israelites weepe and murmure at the newes that the spies brought out of Canaan and speake of returning into Egypt 〈◊〉 Iosua aâ—d Caleb labour to still and encourage them but the Israelites would have stoned them 11. God threatneth to destroy the people 13. Moses intreateth for them and obtaineth pardon 23. The murmurers are deprived of entring into the land and condemned to wander fortie yeares in the wildernesse and die there 36. The spies who raised the evill report die by a plague 39. The people hearing the sentence of God against them mourne and offer themselves to goe up but Moses forbiddeth them 44. Yet they presume to goe up and are smitten by their enemies ANd all the congregation lifted up and gave their voice and the people wept that night And all the sons of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron and all the congregation said unto them Oh that wee had died in the land of Egypt oâ— in this wildernesse oh that wee might die And wherefore doth Iehovah bring us unto this land to fall by the sword our wives and our little-ones shall be for a prey were it not better for us to returne into Egypt And they said every man unto his brother Let us make a captaine and let us returne into Egypt And Moses and Aaron fell on their faces before all the assembly of the congregation of the sonnes of Israel And Ioshua the sonne of Nun and Caleb the sonne of Iephunneh which were of them that searched the land rent their clothes And they said unto all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel saying The land which wee passed thorow to search it is an exceeding good land If Iehovah delight in us then hee will bring us into this land and will give it unto us a land which floweth with milke and honey Onely rebell not yee against Iehovah and you feare not the people of the land for they are bread for us their shadow is departed from them and Iehovah is with us feare them not But all the congregatioÌ„ said to stone them with stones and the glory of Iehovah appeared in the Tent of the Congregation before all the sons of Israel And Iehovah said unto Moses How long will this people provoke me and how long will they not beleeve in me for all the signes which I have done amongst them I will smite them with the pestilence and disinherit them and will make of thee a nation greater and mightier than they And Moses said unto Iehovah Then the Egyptians shall heare it for thou broughtest up this people in thy might from among them And they will say to the inhabitants of this land for they have heard that thou Iehovah art among this people that thou Iehovah art seene eye to eye and that thy cloud standeth over them and in a pillar of a cloud thou goest before them by day and in a pillar of fire by night Now if thou shalt kill this people as one man then the nations will say which have heard the fame of thee saying Because Iehovah was not able to bring this people into the land which he sware unto them therefore he hath slaine them in the wildernesse And now I beseech thee let the power of the Lord bee great according as thou hast spoken saying Iehovah is long suffering much in mercie forgiving iniquitie and trespasse and clearing will not cleare the guilty visiting the iniquitie of the fathers upon the sonnes unto the third and unto the fourth generation Pardon I beseech thee the iniquitie of this people according unto the greatnesse of thy mercie and as thou hast forgiven this people from Egypt even untill now And Iehovah said I have pardoned according to thy word But assuredly as I live aâ—â— the earth shall bee filled with the glory of Iehovah For all the men which have seene my glory and my signes which I did in Egypt and in the wildernesse have tempted me these ten times and have not â—earkned to my voice If they shall see the land which I sware unto their fathers neither shall any of them that provoked me see it But my servant Caleb because there was another spirit in him and hee followed me fully even him will I bring into the land whereinto he went his seed shall possesse it Now the Amalekite and the Canaanite dwelt in the valley to morrow turne yee and journey you into the wildernesse by the way of the red sea And Iehovah spake unto Moses and unto Aaron saying How long shall I pardon this evill congregation which murmure against me I have heard the murmurings of the sonnes of Israel which they murmure against me Say unto them Aâ— I live assuredly saith Iehovah if I doe not so unto you as ye have spoken in mine eares Your carkasses shall fall in this wildernesse and all that were mustered of you according to your whole number from twentie yeares old and upward which have murmured against mee If you shall come into the land concerning which I lifted up my hand to make you dwell therein save Caleb the sonne
such a garment as was bound to have the Fringe that he might keepe this commandement and in the time of prayer he is to be warned hereof more especially It is a great shame for wise men that they should pray and not be arraied herewith A man must for ever be warned of this commandement of the Fringe for the Scripture maketh it of great weight and all the commandements every one depend upon it Maim in Zizith ch 3. sect 11 12. But they abused this as other divine ordinaÌ„ces to superstitioÌ„ hypocrisie were reproved by our Saviour for making their Phylacteries broad inlarging the borders or Fringes of their garments Mat. 23. 5. And this their vanitie neglecting the spirituall end appeareth in their writings for unto the thrums or threeds of the garment w ch were three inches they fastned threeds doubled in the midst whose length they say might not be lesse than foure inches but more than so they might be though a cubit or two cu 〈…〉 Maim in Zizith ch 1. s. 6. And for the vertue hereof they say Who so diligently keepeth this Law of Fringes is made worthy and shall see the face of the Majestic of God Baal hatturini on Num. 15. and when a man is cloathed with the Fringe and g 〈…〉 out therewith to the doore of his habitation hee is safe and God rejoyceth and the destroying Angell departeth from thence and the man shall be delivered from all hurt and from all destruction c. R. Menachem on Num. 15. Thus easie it is for men to abuse holy things and to pervert the right use and end of them by their owne inventions See the annotations on Exod. 13. 9. And although they 〈◊〉 so great religion in these Fringes yet as they have lost the spirit and life of this commandement so God hath deprived them of the outward riâ—e that they have not at this day by their owne confession the blew or heaven-coloured ribband The blew Teceleth is not found in our hands at this day because we know not to make the die or colouâ— of it for every blew in wooll is not called Teceleth But the Teceleth or Blew spoken of in the Law it is knowne that it is unpossible to make it at this day and therefore we make the white oâ—ely saith Rambam or Maimony in his exposition on Talmud Bab. in Menachoth ch 4. and that ye seeke not or and ye shall not seeke or search as Num. 14. 36. which word Solomon applieth to his heart searching out things by wisdome Eccles. 1. 13. and 7. 25. The Greeke here translateth it turne aside the Chaldee erre or goe astray your heart in Chaldee the imagination of your heart Here God calleth men from their owne wisdome and inventions to his Law onely for every imagination of the thoughts of mans heart is onely evill every day Gen. 6. 5. And he that trusteth in his owne heart is a foole Prov. 28. 26. your eyes in Chaldee the sight of your eyes So the holy Ghost saith Walke in the wayes of thine heart and in the sight of thine eyes but know thou that for all these things God will bring thee into judgement Eccles. 11. 9. And the Apostle mentioneth the lust of the eyes as that which is not of the Father but of the world 1 Iohn 2. 16. The Hebrewes say The heart and the eyes are the spies of the body and brokers to bring it into transgression the eye feeth and the heart lusteth and the bodie acteth the transgression Sol. Iarchi on Num. 15. The Lord condemning the heart which is the most noble of all the inward parts and the eyes which are the most excellent of all the outward teacheth that the whole man is corrupted thorowout and to be reformed by the Law and Spirit of God For except a man be borne of water and of the Spirit he cannot enter into the kingdome of God Iohn 3. 5. you goe a whoring in Chaldee you orre or goe astray To goe a whoring after other gods is an usuall phrase for idolatrie Exod. 34. 15. Deut. 31. 16. 1 Chrâ— 5. 25. Iudg. 2. 17. the same is implied here as God saith I am broken with their whorish heart which hath departed from me and with their eyes which goe a whoring after their idols Ezek. 6. 9. but it meaneth also all other sinnes which mens uncleane hearts and impure eyes carry them unto with consent and delight see Lev. 20. 5 6. Psal. 106. 39. Iam. 4. 4. The Hebrewes say If any man be drawne after the thoughts of his heart he will be found a waster of the world because of the slendernesse or shortnesse of his understanding As sometimes he will search after idolatrie and sometimes will thinke peculiarly of the Creator whether there be any or none What is above and what beneath what was before and what shall be after And sometimes of prophesie whether it be truth or no and sometimes of the Law whether it be from heaven or no. And hee knoweth â—â—t what to judge of them till he know the truth concerning his Creator but will be found a revolter unto heresies Concerning this thing is that warning in the Law where it is said And ye shall not seeke after your heart and after your eyes after which ye goe a whoring Num. 15. 39. as if he should say there shall not any one of you be drawne after his owne slender understanding or knowledge as to imagine that his cogitation can attaine to the truth so have our wise men said AFTER YOVR HEART this meaneth heresies and AFTER YOVR EYES this is whoredome And this is an occasion for a man to deprive himselfe of the world or life that is to come Maimony treat of Idolatrie ch 2. sect 3. CHAP. XVI 1 Korah Dathan Abiram and On with 250 Princes rise up against Moses and Aaron about the Priesthood and government of the Church 5 Moses referreth the triall of the cause unto God and reproveth Korahs ambition 12 He sendeth for Dathan and Abiram who reproach him and will not come up 15 He prayeth against them 16 and gathereth Korah and his company with their censers before the Tabernacle 20 The Lord threatneth to consume the rebels and commandeth the people to separate from them 31 The earth swalloweth up Dathan Abiram and all Korahs men and a fire from the Lord devoureth the 250 that burned incense 36 The censers are reserved to cover the altar for a signe unto Israel 41 All the congregation murmure against Moses and Aaron as they that bad killed the Lords people 44 The Lord killeth 14700 of them with a plague 46 Aaron by incense stayeth the plague 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Korah the sonne of Izhar the son of Kohath the sonne of Levi he tooke men and Dathan and Abiram the sonnes of Eliab and On the sonne of Peleth sonnes of Reuben And they rose up before Moses and men of the sonnes of Israel two hundred and fiftie
purification the third day was mysticall having reference to the resurrection of Christ w ch was on the third day after his death 1 Cor. 15. 4. whereof see the annotations on Gen. 22. 4. The seventh day was also mysticall as being the number of perfection of the Sabbath and of accomplishing a work as is noted on Gen. 2. 2. Ex. 12. 15. and Lev. 4. 6. and so it figured our full cleansing and ceasing from our sinfull and dead works after that we are sprinkled with the bloud of Iesus and water of his Spirit Heb. 4. 9 10. and 9. 13 14. wash his cloathes w ch was a common rite for all that were defiled with other uncleannesses wherof see Lev. 11. 25. and 14. 8 9. and 15. 5. bathe his flesh in Greeke wash his body the word flesh is expressed before in v. 7. it is meant of his whole body or all his flesh as Lev. 15. 16. cleane at evening after the Sun is set at what time a new day beginneth and so in mysterie a new life to begin This cleansing of the defiled by the dead figured Christs worke of grace upon dead and sinfull men of him it is prophesied Hee shall sprinkle many nations Esai 52. 15. and of him doth the Apostle open this figure saying If the blend of buls and goats and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the uncleane sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh how much more shall the bloud of Christ who through the eternall Spirit offered himselfe without blemish unto God purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God Heb. 9. 13 14. The sprinkling of the ashes of the heifer figured the applying unto us of Christs death whereunto he was delivered for our offences and was raised againe for our justification Rom. 4. 25. The living water wherewith the ashes were mixed figured the Spirit of God which they that beleeve in Christ doe receive Ioh. 7. 38 39. of which he gave this promise Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you and ye shal be clean Eze. 36. 25. These being applied unto our consciences by faith as with hyssop w ch purifieth the heart Act. 15. 9. by the preaching therof Gal. 3. 2. doe baptise us into Christs death that like as he was raised up froÌ„ the dead unto the glorie of the Father even so wee also should walk in newnesse of life Rom. 6. 3 4. And so we draw neere unto God with a true heart in sul assurance of faith having hearts sprinkled from an evill conscience and bodies washed with pure water our robes washed and made white in the bloud of the Lambe Heb. 10. 22. Rev. 7. 14. and cleansing our selves froÌ„ all filthines of the flesh and spirit we perfect holinesse in the feare of God 2 Cor. 7. 1. Of these mysteries the Hebrew Doctors though estranged from the true life and light of Christ retained some knowledge for they say When the living water is mixed with the ashes it purifieth the uncleane whereas before that while the ashes were alone they defiled all that were imployed about them And behold the living water signified the water that is on high which taketh away uncleannesse from the ashes c. And loe when it is sprinkled on the uncleane the uncleannesse fleeth from him c. and a cleane spirit resteth upon him and purifieth him R. Menachem on Num. 19. Vers. 20. uncleane by any of the things afore-said about the dead not purifie himselfe or not be purified to wit by having the water sprinkled upon him as the Chaldee explaineth it and the latter part of this verse manifesteth that soule in Chaldee that man cut off in Greeke and Chaldee destroyed defiled the Sanctuarie by comming into it before he hath beene purified For such were shut out of the host Num. 5. 3. how much more out of the Sanctuary Therefore Porters were see there at the gates that none which was unclean in any thing should enter in 2 Chr. 23. 19. An unoleane person that commeth into the Sanctuary presumptuously his punishment is cutting off Num. 19. 20. if ignorantly then he is to bring the sacrifice appointed Lev. 7. Maim in Biath hamikdesh 〈◊〉 3. s. 12. See the annotations on Lev. 5. 2 3. Vers. 21. wash his cloathes as being uncleane and so to continue untill evening likewise he that toucheth the water of separation shall wash his cloathes and be uncleane untill evening This interpretation Chazkuni here giveth of it that in the former branch uncleannesse is implied untill evening and in the latter branch the washing of his cloathes also is implied though not expressed This is one of the mysteries of this Law that a clean maÌ„ as he is called in v. 18 19. was made uncleane by sprinkling or touching the holy water which sanctified those that were uncleane and so it had contrary effects to purifie the uncleane and to poulute the cleane as the Sun melteth wax and hardneth clay Hereby the Holy Ghost seemeth to signifie the imperfection and insufficiencie of these legall rites which in their greatest vertue did but sanctifie to the purifying of the flesh as the Apostle saith Heb. 9. 13. and yet even then also left the purifier himselfe in uncleannesse which hee had not before That by consideration of these effects the people might be led unto Christ and his Spirit who is able to purge the conscience from dead workes and to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by him Heb. 9. 14. 7. 25. The Hebrewes understand this of such as sprinkled or touched the water when there was no need as when no unclean person or vessell was to be sprinkled with it Maimony in Pharah ch 15. Vers. 22. whatsoever or whomsoever Hebr. all implying men vessels c. the uncleane to wit by the dead of whom was spoken before shall be uncleane to wit untill evening as the end of the verse sheweth and this is an inferiour degree of uncleannesse for the man or vessell polluted by the dead was uncleane seven dayes vers 11. 14. but that w ch such an unclean man or vessell touched was uncleane till the end of that day So in the Hebrew Canons A man which is defiled by the dead and the vessels which that man toucheth are uncleane seven dayes as it is said And yee shall wash your cloathes in the seventh day and ye shal be clean Num. 31. 24. But a man that shall touch a man which is defiled by the dead whether he touch him after that he is separated from the things that defiled him or touch him whiles he toucheth the dead lo this second man is uncleane till the evening as it is said in Num. 19. 22. And the soule that toucheth shall be unclean untill the evening Mai. in Tumath meth ch 5. s. 2. the soule in Chaldee the man that toucheth to wit him that is defiled as before is noted or it the thing which is defiled by the teâ—d of an uncleane man
is passed from death unto life Ioh. 5. 24. For the wages of sinne is death but the gift of God is eternall life through Iesus Christ our Lod Rom. 6. 23. Vers. 10. Oboth Of these places and journeyes see Numb 33. where they are reckoned in order for here some are named and other some omitted Vers. 11. before Moab before the Moabites countrey The posteritie of Moab and Ammon the sonnes of Lot Gen. 19. 36. 38. had vanquished the Giants called Emims and Zamzummims which before dwelt in those parts and succeeded them and dwelt in their stead Deut. 2. 10 11 20 〈◊〉 Through the wildernesse along by their coasts did Israel palse but were forbidden to warre with them or with the Edomites Deut. 2. 9. 19 5. Vers. 12. The valley of Zared or the bourne of Zared or Zered which word bourne as also the Hebrew Nachal is both a valley and a river running thorow a valley and so this Zared was a river or brooke also over which Israel passed See Deut. 2. 13. Vers. 14. it is said Hebr. it shall be said The time to come noteth a continued or common saying so he speaketh as of a knowne speech the booke or the narration the rehearsall of the warres of Jehovah what booke this was is uncertaine whether some writing of Israel not now extant or some writing of the Amorites which contained songs and triumphes of their King Sihons victories out of which Moses may cite this testimony as Paul sometime doth out of heathen Poets Act. 17. 28. Tit. 1. 12. Vaheb this is thought by some to be the name of the King of Moab whom Sihon vanquished vers 26. by others to be the name of a place or citie The Greeke Interpreters mistaking * 〈…〉 Z. for †V. which in Hebrew are one like another reade it Zoob and give this sense Therefore it is said in the booke The warre of the Lord hath set on fire or burned Zoob and the brookes of Arnon The Chaldee Paraphrast whom others also follow taketh it for no proper name but expoundeth it thus The warres that the Lord did at the red Sea and the mightie workes at the brookes of Arnon in a whirle-wind o◠〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tempest understand the Lord by the 〈◊〉 of Sihon against Moab hath consumed 〈◊〉 iâ— a whirle-wind or with a tempest So warres 〈◊〉 often set forth by the similitudes of fire tempest 〈◊〉 winds and the like as I will kindle a fire 〈◊〉 thâ— wall of Rabah and it shall devoure the pa 〈…〉 thereof with shouting in the day of battell with 〈…〉 pest in the day of the whirle-wind Aâ—â—◠〈◊〉 14 and Thou shalt be visited of the Lord of hâ—sts with thunder c. with whirle-wind and teâ—pest and the flame of devouring fire Esay 29. 6. and againe The Lord will come with fire and with his chariots like a whirle-wind Esay 66. 15. So in Naâ—um 1. 3. Esay 5. 28. Ierem. 4. 13. And thus the Greeke explaineth it The war of the Lord hath set Zoob on fire Some take the Hebrew Suphah which usually signifieth whirle-wind or storme to be here the name of a place the same that is called Suph in Deut. 1. 1. which also is the name of the redsea as is noted on Exod. 10. 19. so the Chaldee interpreteth it the red sea and the brookes or the bournes of Arnon to wit the Lord hath consumed or as in vers 28. the flame hath consumed the bournes of Arnon It may also be expounded The Lord warred with Vaheb in a whirle-wind and with the brookes of Arnon Moses intendeth by this testimony to shew how the Israelites had right to this countrey for it being sometimes Moabs land with whom Israel might not meddle Deut. 2. 9. the Lord had before Israels comming â—â—â—rred up the spirit of Sihon King of the Amorites to sight against the King of Moab and to take this pâ—rt of his country from him as is after mentioned Num. 21. 28 29. Then Israel comming and being commanded of God to warre against the Amorites Deut. 2. 24. tooke it againe out of Sihons hand and so became lawfull possessour of this land by conquest This right Iephthah defended for Israel when after many yeares the Ammonites brethren 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ab required these lands to be restored again see the story in Judg. 11. 12 13. 27. For the Moaâ—â—â—eâ— and Ammonites were neighbours and Chaz 〈…〉 eth on Numb 21. 23. that as Sihon had taken the land of Moab on the South-side from Iordan 〈◊〉 the river Arnon so he had taken on the Northsid◠〈◊〉 land of the sons of Ammon unto Jabok and for thâ—◠〈◊〉 it was lawfull for Israel to possesse it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is that which our Doctors have said Moab 〈◊〉 Aâ—â—mon were purified by Sihon Vers. 15. And the streame or the shedding the 〈…〉 usion of the brookes This verse seemeth to be a continuance of the former testimony out of the 〈◊〉 of the warres of Jehovah to shew the limits 〈◊〉 â—ounds of this country which Sihon had won 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it was distinguished from Moabs land 〈◊〉 a citie of Moab vers 28. called in Greeke Er. leaneth upon the border that is as the Greeke explaineth it lieth by or is adjoyned to the â—â—â—ders of Moab Vers. 16. From thence to Beer or to the Well â—or 〈◊〉 Beer signifieth and the Greeke translateth it front thence the Well or pit Some understand here from thence they journeyed to Beer the Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth it from thence was given unto them the Well Of this Beer there is no mention among the journeyes of the people in Num. 33. I will give them water The Greeke addeth water to drinke The Lord who before had suffered the people to thirst and gave them water when they murmured against him Exod. 17. Numb 20. doth now of his grace give them a Well of water when they murmured not to teach them to depend upon him by faith for they that seeke the Lord shall not want any good thing Psal. 34. 10. Wherefore the people were to be assembled that all might behold the goodnesse of God and sing his praise And this water of the Well had also a like spirituall signification as the waters of the Rocke for as the Rocke was Christ 1 Cor. 10. 4. so the Well figured him who is the fountaine of the gardens the Well of living waters Song 4. 15. and the waters signified the Spirit which they that beleeve on him shall receive Iohn 7. 38 39. Esay 44. 3. of which water whosoever drinketh shall never thirst but the water that Christ shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life Iohn 4. 14. This grace he promised of old to his people saying The poore and needie seeke water and there is none their tongue faileth for thirst I Iehovah will heare them I the God of Israel will not forsake them I will open rivers in high places and fountaines in the midst of the
valleyes I will make the wildernesse a poole of water and the dry land springs of water c. That they may see and know and consider and understand together that the hand of Iehovah hath done this and the Holy one of Israel hath created it Esay 41. 17 18 20. And againe A fountaine shall come forth of the house of the LORD and shall water the valley of Shittim â—oel 3. 18. Vers. 17. Then sang Israel Singing here was in them a signe of miâ—th and joy as in Iam. 5. 13. and of beleefe in God and thankfulnesse as in Psal. 106. 12. and signified the spirituall joy which the faithfull have in Christ concerning which it is prophesied With joy shall yee draw water out of the wells of salvation And in that day shall yee say Praise Iehovah call upon his name declare his doings among the people c. Esay 12. 3 4. Spring up or Ascend O Well Answer ye to it that is sing or shout ye to it or sing ye of it The word Answer here meaneth to sing one after another as when they sung at the red sea Mary answered them that is sung after the men Exod. 15. 21. and in 1 Sam. 18. 7. the women answered one another as they plaied on instruments and sung the victory So in Psal. 147. 7. Answer yee that is Sing yee to Iehovah with confession And the order of the words may be thus Answer or Song ye unto it Spring up O Well A like phrase is in Esay 27. 2. A vineyard of red wine answer ye unto her or Answer that is Sing ye unto her A vineyard of red wine For the Scripture it selfe often changeth the order of words and sentences as I will put my lawes into their minde and write them on their heart Hebr. 8. 10. or put them into their heart and write them on their mind Hebr. 10. 16. So in Esay 〈…〉 1. compared with Rom. 10. 20. and Deut. 5. 16. with Eph. 6. 2. Mat. 21. 〈◊〉 39 with Mar. 12. 8. many the like See the notes on Gen. 5. 6. By this song they celebrate the miracle and memory of the Well which God gave them and if they sung it at the first when they assembled to diggeit it shewed also their faith in the promise of God who had said he would give them water and so they speake unto the Well as Moses was bidden speake to the Rocke Numb 20. 8. that it should ascend or spring up according to the word of the Lord. This Targum Ionathan explaineth it Ascend ô Well ascend ô Well did they sing unto it and it ascended Or if they sang it after it is a memoriall and celebration of Gods goodnesse and faithfulnesse as he had spoken unto them Ascend ô Well that is Come up into our heart or memory answer or sing ye of it that it may never be forgotten And ascending or comming up is often used in this sense as in Ier. 3. 16. neither shall it ascend or come up on the heart neither shall they remember it and in Ier. 51. 50. Remember the Lord a far off let Ierusalem ascend upon your heart that is come into your mind Vers. 18. The Well the Princes digged it or O Well which the Princes digged which the Nobles of the people delved where digged and delved are two words of the same meaning as in the Hebrew Caphar and Carah The Princes and Nobles of Israel digging this Well and the memory thereof thus celebrated by the song of Israel setteth forth the glory of this gracious gift of God unto his people and figured the labours and industry of the governours of the Church to bring forth the waters of the Spirit by the preaching of the word and opening of the Scriptures 2 Chron. 17. 7 8 9. Gal. 3. 2. 1 Tim. 5. 17 18. Hebr. 13. 7 17. 1 Pet. 1. 10 11 12. So in ages following this Well was renowmed being called Beer Elim that is the Well of the Mightie ones Esay 15. 8. with the Law-giver or by the Law-giver that is together with him and by his direction as in vers 16. understanding by the Law-giver Moses as in Deut. 33. 21. or God himselfe as in Esa. 33. 22. the LORD is our Law-giver And the Law-giver in Israel was a figure of Christ Gen. 49. 10. Iam. 4. 12. The Chaldee taketh one here to be used for many and translateth it the Scribes as Ezra the Priest is called a Scribe of the words of the commandements of the Lord and of his statutes to Israel Ezr. 7. 11. with their staves a staffe or rod in the hand of governors was a signe of their power and authority from God wherefore the Scripture useth these words for such signification Numb 17. 2 3 c. Psal. 23. 4. and 110. 2. Ier. 48. 17. 1 Cor. 4. 21. So the Greeke translateth this here when they ruled over them The Hebrewes have feigned many things of this Well of the springing and running of it from place to place and of the mysteries of it concerning Israel but our Saviour is the best Expositor who hath taught us to apply the brasen Serpent fore-spoken of to himselfe and his dying for the people Iob. 3. 14. and this Well of water which was the next token of grace to Israel in the wildernesse to the waters of the Spirit which is a Well springing up to eternall life in such as beleeve in him Iohn 4. 10. 14. and 7. 37 38 39. Also the Hebrewes themselves doe thus far testifie in Midrash Koheleth on Eccles. 1. 9. As the first Redeemer Moses brought downe Manna Exod. 16. so the last Redeemer Christ shall doe Psal. 72. 16. And as the first Redeemer caused a Wâ—â— to spring up so the last Redeemer shall cause waters to spring up as it is said And a fountaine shall come forth of the house of the LORD and shall water the valley of Shittim Ioel 3. 18. to Mattanah which is by interpretation a Gift and is likely to be the name of a place as the Greeke version also confirmeth though neither it nor those that here sollow are rehearsed by these names in Numb 33. where all their journeyes are told neither is it here expressed by Moses that they journeyed to these places but such words may well be understood Chazkuni on this Scripture saith this is added to that before in vers 13. They camped on the other side of Arnon which is in the wildernesse c. and from that other side which is in the wildernesse which in Numb 33. 46. is Almon Diblathaim they came to Mattanah called in Numb 33. 47. the Mounts of Abarim before Nebo the name of a place on the North side of the river Arnon in the beginning of the land of Sihon and it is called Mattanah a Gift because there began the gift of the land unto Israel Deut. 2. 24. 31. But afterward hee sheweth another interpretation that from the wildernesse a place of drought
5. And God by his Prophet promiseth that David shall never want a man to sit upon the throne of the house of Israel neither shall the Priests the Levites want a man before me to offer burnt-offerings and to kindle meat-offerings and to doe sacrifice continually Ier. 33. 17 18. 21 22. Both which are accomplished in Christ Luke 1. 32 33. Heb. 3. 1. and 5. 1. 5. and 8. 1 2 3 c. zealous for his God or jealous for his God that is for the dishonour done unto his God as God himselfe is said to be jealous for Ierusalem when hee was sore displeased with the heathens that afflicted it Zach. 1. 14 15. It is good to be zealously affected alwayes in a good thing Gal. 4. 18. that God sheweth here in rewarding Phinehas zeale who stood up and executed judgement and the plague was stayed and it was counted to him for justice to generation and generation for ever Psal. 106. 30 31. The Hebrewes in ages following mentioned his glory as Ben Sirach saith because he had zeale in the feare of the Lord and stood up with good courage of heart when the people were turned backe and made atonement for Israel therefore was there a covenant of peace made with him that he should be the chiefe of the Sanctuary of his people and that he and his posteritie should have the dignitie of the Priesthood for ever Ecclus 45. 23 24. The Scripture noteth the contrary of Eli who came of Ithamar the brother of Eleazar for when his owne sonnes committed whoredome with the women of Israel that assembled at the doore of the Tabernacle of the congregation and made themselves vile hee restrained them not but honored his sonnes above the Lord therefore God threatned to cut off his arme and the arme of his fathers house that there should not be an old man in his house for ever And he sware unto the house of Eli that the iniquitie of Elies house should not be purged with sacrifice nor offering for ever 1 Sam. 2. 22. 29 31. and 3. 13 14. made atonement or made reconciliation pacified Gods wrath through faith this word used for atonement by sacrifice is here applied to the executing of judgement upon the malefactors whereupon God stayed the plague which had begun upon the congregation As oftentimes for the sinne of some God is wroth with the whole congregation Ios. 7. 1. 12. and 22. 17 18. so here for the just fact of Phinehas his wrath was turned away vers 11. and atonement is made So the proverbe was fulfilled The kings wrath is as messengers of death but a wise man will pacifie it Prov. 16. 14. Thus David also made atonement by doing justice on Sauis house 2 Sam. 21. 3. c. Vers. 14. smitten that is killed as the Chaldee explaineth it so in vers 15. and 17. Zimri in Greeke Zambri sonne of Salo the notation of this name agreeth with his end for Zimri signifieth cutting off as superfluous boughes are pruned or cut off from the Vine Salo signifieth treading under foot so as a fruitlesse branch he was cut off from the vine of Israel and trodden down of God and men as it is written Thou hast trodden downe all them that goe astray from thy statutes for their d 〈…〉 t is falshood 〈…〉 19 1â—8 among the Si 〈…〉 tes in Chaldeâ— of the tribe of Simeon And being a Prince and bringing that harlot unto 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vers 6. it is likely that many of that tribe tooke part with him and perished in the plague aforesaid For whereas that tribe at the former muster had 59 thousand and three hundred men of warre among them Num. 1. 22 23. they were diminished now after this plague 37. thousand and one hundred that there remained at the next muster but 22 thousand and two hundred men Num. 26. 1. 14. Vers. 15. 〈◊〉 in Greeke Chasbi daughter of Sour Cozhi signifieth lying or falshood Zur is a Rocke an head of nations that is a governour of peoples for he was a Prince of Midian vers 17. and afterward he it said to be one of the five Kings of Midian Num. 31 8. And as Balaam with his wicked counsell and doctrine is named as a figure of Antichristian seducers corrupting the Christian Church with fornication and idolatry Rev. 2. 14. so in this Prince of Midian and the harlot his daughter we may behold the type of Antichrist who by the spirit and doctrine of Balaam hath drawne the Church unto fornication and idolatry with false gods and heresies His false prophets like the daughters of Moab allure men unto those abominations for as the wisedome of God in Christ sendeth forth her maidens to invite the simple to come and eat of her bread and drinke of the wine that she hath mingled Prov. 9. 1. 5. so the foolish woman or whore of Babylon Revel 17 〈◊〉 5. hath also her toll-guests the spirits of devils working miracles which goe forth unto the Kings of the earth c. Rev. 16. 13 14. and she calleth passengers who goe right on their wayes to partake of her stollen waters which are sweet and bread in secret which is pleasant and many doe follow her pernicious wayes yea many strong men have been slaine by her Pro. 〈◊〉 13. 18. and 7. 26. 2 Pet. 2. 1 2. The kings also of the earth have committed fornication with her Rev. 18. 3. brought her by their lawes unto their brethren subjects And as the harlots name was Cozhi that is a lie or falshood the daughter of Zur that is a Rock a Prince of Midian of Abrahams degenerate children Gen. 25. 1 2. so is the Church of Antichrist false deceitfull yet the pretended daughter of the Rocke which Christ hath promised to build his Church upon Matth. 16. 18. though being departed from the true faith of Christ as the Midianites were from the faith of their father Abraham For those Antichristian idolatries God sendeth forth his plagues Rev. 16. But when with the sword of the Spirit w ch is the word of God Ephes. 6. 17. those abominations are cut off and the authors of them thrust thorow as in Ziach 13. 2 3 the wrath of God which now is kindled against the sinners shall be turned away of a fathers house Sol. Iarchi here noteth from Gen. 25. 4. that Midian had five fathers houses Ephah and Epher and Hanoch and Abida and Eldaah and this man was king of one of them Vers. 17. Vex the Midianites or Distresse that is war against the Miâ—â—anites as the Greeke translateth Vse enmitie against them Hebr. To vex or To distresse of which phrase-see the notes on Ewod 13. 〈◊〉 God who had first punished his owne people for their sinnes doth now decree vengeance against their enemies which was done by Moses before his death Num. 31. 2. For as God faith to the nations Loe I begin to bring evill on the citie upon which my name is called and should yee
was offered the country was miraculously filled with water for Israel when they were in distresse 2 King 3. 9 10 20. And about the time of the evening oblation God answered unto Daniels prayers by sending the Angell Gabriel unto him who fore-told him when Christ should come for the salvation of his people Dan. 9. 20 21 22 c. See also the notes on Exod. 29. 39. Vers. 5. a tenth part that is an omer for that was the tenth deale of an Ephah or Bushell as is shewed in Exod. 16. 36. fine flower meaning wheaten flower as Exod. 29. 2. So Chazkuni here saith as the flower spoken of in the consecration of the Priests was of wheat so all flower spoken of in the Law is of wheat the fourth part that was somewhat lesse than a quart of oyle for an Hin contained twelve Logs and a Log held as much as six egges See the Annorations on Exod. 30. 24. and Levit. 14. 10. When God shewed unto Ezekid the spirituall Temple which Christ should build and the service therein declared after the similitude of the Legall service of Moses he saith that every Lambe should have for the Meat-offering the sixt part of an Ephah and the third part of an Hin of oyle Ezek. 46. 13 14. where the quantity is increased more than was offered under Moses to teach that as Gods grace and blessing aboundeth towards us in Christ so should our thankfulnesse againe towards him abound more than under the Law by a more cheerefull obedience unto him and more ample fruits of the spirit figured by the flower and oyle beaten oyle oyle signified grace beating of it signified afflictions whereby the grace of God is more perfected in us 2 Cor. 1. 21. and 12. 9 10. The oyle was beaten in a morter and they stratned it out with hands and pressed it not out in an oile presse to the end there might be found no dregs in it saith Chazkuni on Numb 28. Vers. 6. which was made that is which or such as was offered as in Targum Ionathan it is expounded such as was offered at the mount of Sinai Or by made understand ordained of God having reference to the ordinance in Exod. 29. 38. 42. Thus God calleth them throughout their generations unto his first institution which they were to keepe till he himselfe made a change of the Law And here observe that the Lambe the flower and the oile are all of them together called a Burnt-offering as also in Ezek. 46. 15. because the Meat-offering with the oyle was all burned on the Altar as was the lambe and so differed from the Meat-offering in Levit. 2. whereof an handfull onely was burned Vers. 7. Drinke-offering so named of powring out upon the Altar as is noted on Num. 15. 5. in the holy place the Court of the Sanctuary Hebr. in the Holinesse strong wine in Hebrew Shecar which name the Greeke retaineth calling it Sikera and so in the Evangelists writing Luk. 1. 15. It is generally used for all strong drinke which causeth mirth fulnesse and if it be taken excessively drunkennesse See the notes on Gen. 43. 34. The Chaldee here translateth it old wine and that is better than new Luke 5. 39. Thus God required the best liquour wine and the best sort of wine to be given with his sacrifice which was a figure not only of the bloud of Christ the memoriall whereof he hath still left unto his Church in wine Matth. 26. 27 28 29. but of the bloud also of his servants powred out in martyrdome upon the sacrifice and service of the faith as in the holy place Phil. 2. 17. See the Annotations on Numb 15. 12. Vers. 9. the Sabbath day Hebr. the day of Sabbath that is of Rest which the Greeke expresseth in the forme plurall the day of Sabbaths and so in the new Testament Luke 4. 16. Act. 13. 14. and 16. 13. two hee-lambes understand as the Greeke version addeth ye shall bring two he-lambs these were over and beside the daily sacrifices fore-mentioned vers 10. The Sabbath was a remembrance of the creation of the world Exod. 20. 11. of Israels comming out of Aegypt Deut. 5. 15. a signe of their sanctification by the Lord Ezâ—k 20. 12. and a figure of grace and rest which should come by faith in Christ Hebr. 4. As therefore this day was a signe of more than ordinary favours from the Lord so hee required greater testimonies of their thankfulnesse and sanctification And Ezekiel prophesying of the Churches service under the Gospell under the figure of these legall ordinances he saith And the Burnt-offering that the Prince shall offer unto the LORD in the Sabbath day shall be six lambes perfect and a ramme perfect and the Meat-offering shall be an Ephah for a ramme and the Meat-offering for the lambes shall be the gift of his hand and an Hin of oyle to an Ephah Ezek. 46. 4 5. signifying that the service of God now in spirit and truth should exceed the legall services of old Vers. 10. in his Sabbath the Chaldee expoundeth it that shall be done in the Sabbath it meaneth that on the Sabbath it should be offered and not deferred till another day or weeke as is before noted vers 2. The like is for the moneth in vers 14. Vers. 11. the beginnings of your moneths that is as the Greeke translateth it the new-moones for in Israel they began the moneth with the new mooâ— and it was proclaimed by the Synedrion or M 〈…〉 strates as Maimony sheweth in Kiddush ba 〈…〉 cap. 1. These new-moones were daies sanctified to the service of God by speciall sacrifices appointed as after followeth then did they blow with the silver trumpets in the Sanctuary Numb 10. 10. and for Burnt-offerings on the Sabbaths New-moones and solemne Feasts was Solomons Temple dedicated 2 Chron. 2. 4. Then also did they thorowout the coasts of Israel repaire unto the Prophets or other Ministers of God for to heare his Word as appeareth by 2 King 4. 23. Wherefore wilt thou goe to him to the man of God to day it is neither New-moone nor Sabbath Then also they kept religious feasts 1 Sam. 20. 5 6. neither was it lawfull to buy or sell or doe other like worldly workes Amos 8. 5. but they were to meditate of their light sanctification graces and comforts to come by Christ whereof these and other holy-dayes were a shadow Col. 2. 16 17. And in Christ we spiritually keepe this feast as the Apostle speaketh of the Passeover 1 Cor. 5. 7 8. for so it is prophesied From one New-moone to another and from one Sabbath to another shall all flesh come to worship before me saith the LORD Esay 66. 23. Not that wee are now bound to observe daies and moneths and times and yeares Gal. 4. 10. but are taught by those figurative speeches in the Prophets to worship the Father in spirit and in truth Ioh. 4. 21. 23. who will accept of our service performed
their sinnes were carried captives out of their land 2 Kings 15. 29. For they transgressed against the God of their fathers and went a whoring after the gods of the people of the land whom God destroyed before them And the God of Israel stirred up the spirit of Pul King of Assyria and the spirit of Tâ—â—gath-pilneser King of Assyria and hee carried them away even the Reubenites and the Gadites and the halfe tribe of Manasses and brought them unto H 〈…〉 and Habor and Hara and to the river Go 〈…〉 unto this day 1 Chron. 5. 25 26. CHAP. XXXIII 1 Two and fortie journies of the Israelites thoâ—â—â— the wildernesse from Egypt to Iordan 50 A commandement to destroy the Canaanites and their 〈…〉 ments of idolatire 54 The land must be dividâ—d by lot 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 THese are the journies of the sonnes of Israel which went forth out of the land of Egypt by their armies by the hand of Moses and Aaron And Moses wrote their goings out according to their journies at the mouth of Iehovah and these are their journies according to their goings out And they journied from Rameses in the first moneth in the fifteenth day of the first moneth on the morrow after the Passeover the sons of Israel went out with an high hand in the eyes of all the Egyptians And the Egyptians buried those which Iehovah had smitten among them every first-horne upon their gods also Iehovah executed judgments And the sons of Israel journied from Rameses and encamped in Succoth And they journied from Succoth encamped in Etham which is in the edge of the wildernesse And they journied from Etham and turned againe unto Pi-hahiroth which is before Baal-zephon and they encamped before Migdol And they journied from before Hiroth and passed thorow the midst of the sea into the wildernesse and went three dayes journie in the wildernesse of Etham and encamped in Marah And they journied from Marah and came unto Elim and in Elim were twelve fountaines of water and seventie Palme trees and they encamped there And they journied from Elim and encamped by the red sea And they journied from the red sea and encamped in the wildernesse of Sin And they journied from the wildernesse of Sin and encamped in Dophkah And they journied from Dophkah and encamped in Alush And they journied from Alush and encamped in Rephidim and there was no water there for the people to drinke And they journied from Rephidim and encamped in the wildernesse of Sinai And they journied from the wildernesse of Sinai and encamped in Kibroth hattavah And they journied from Kibroth hattaavah and encamped in Hazeroth And they journied from Hazeroth and encamped in Rithmah And they journied from Rithmah and encamped in Rimmon Parez And they journied from Rimmon Parez and encamped in Libnah And they journied from Libnah and encamped in Rissah And they journied from Rissah and encamped in Kehelathah And they journied from Kehelathah and encamped in mount Shapher And they journied from mount Shapher and encamped in Haradah And they journied from Haradah and encamped in Makheloth And they journied from Makheloth and encamped in Tahath And they journied from Tahath and encamped in Tarah And they journied from Tarah and encamped in Mithkah And they journied from Mithkah and encamped in Hashmonah And they journied from Hashmonah and encamped in Moseroth And they journied from Moseroth and encamped in Bene-Iaakan And they journied from Bene-Iaakan and encamped in Horhagidgad And they journied from Horhagidgad and encamped in Iotbathah And they journied from Iotbathah and encamped in Ebronah And they journied from Ebronah and encamped in Ezion-gaber And they journied from Ezion-gaber and encamped in the wildernesse of Zin which is Kadesh And they journied from Kadesh and encamped in mount Hor in the edge of the land of Edom. And Aaron the Priest went up into mount Hor at the mouth of Iehovah and died there in the fortieth yeare after the sonnes of Israel were come out from the land of Egypt in the fift moneth in the first day of the moneth And Aaron was an hundred and twentie and three yeres old when he died in mount Hor. And the Canaanite the King of Arad which dwelt in the South in the land of Canaan heard of the comming of the sonnes of Israel And they journied from mount Hor and encamped in Zalmonah And they journied from Zalmonah and encamped in Punon And they journied from Punon and encamped in Oboth And they journied from Oboth and encamped in Ije-Abarim in the border of Moab And they journied from Ijim and encamped in Dibon G And they journied from Dibon Gad and encamped in Almon Diblathaim And they journied from Almon-Diblathaim and encamped in the mountaines of Abarim before Nebo And they journied from the mountaines of Abarim and encamped in the plaines of Moab by Iordan neere Iericho And they encamped by Iordan from Beth jeâ—imoth even unto Abel Shittim in the plaines of Moab And Iehovah spake unto Moses in the plaines of Moab by Iordan neere Iericho saying Speake unto the sonnes of Israel and say unto them When yee are passed over Iordan into the land of Canaan Then ye shall drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you and destroy all their pictures and all their molten Images yee shall destroy and quite plucke downe all their high places And ye shall dispossesse the land and dwell therein for unto you have I given the land to possesse it And ye shall divide the land by lot for an inheritance among your families to the many ye shall give them the more inheritance and to the few thou shalt give them the lesse inheritance wheresoever the lot shal come forth for him his shall it be according to the tribes of your fathers ye shall inherit But if yee will not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you then it shall be that those which ye let remaine of them shall be pricks in your eies and thornes in your sides and shall vex you in the land wherein yee dwell And it shall be that I will doe unto you as I thought to doe unto them Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the 43 Lecture of the Law called the journies see Gen. 6. 9. THe journies or the removings to wit from place to place which was a signe of their unsetled estate as not being yet come unto their rest Deut. 12. 9. Figuring the unstaiednesse of the Church under Moses law otherwise than under the Gospell of Christ where we which have beleeved doe enter into rest Heb. 4. 3. Of which unmoveable state it is prophesied Looke upon Zion the citie of our solemnities thine eyes shall see Ierusalem a quiet habitation a Tabernacle that shall not be taken downe not one of the stakes thereof shall ever be removed neither shall any of the cords thereof be broken Esay 33. 20. The complement hereof is shewed by the Apostle saying that this word
among the graves that the dead might come unto him in a dreame and make knowne unto him that which he asked of him And others there were that clad themselves with clothes for that purpose and spake certaine words and burned incense for the purpose and slept by themselves that such a dead person might come and talke with them in a dreame Maimony in treat of Idolatry c. 11. s. 13. Vers. 13. perfect with Iehovah that is in faith and love seeke unto him onely and as he doth so abhorre thou all such wicked persons Perfection or Sinceritie Integritie respecteth our upright conversation in body and minde as is noted on Gen. 6. 9. and to be perfect with the Lord is expounded in Greeke before the Lord and the Chaldee saith in the feare of the Lord but our Saviour more fully openeth it Be yee perfect even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect Matt. 5. 48. Vers. 14. not suffered thee Hebr. not given thee but hath taught thee better by his Law which the other nations want Psal. 147. 19 20. and will more fully informe thee by the Prophet whom he will raise up unto thee v. 15. So in Act. 14. 16. God in times past suffered all nations to walke in their owne waies Vers. 15. a Prophet so named of the Greeke Prophetes which signifieth a foreteller in Hebrew Nabi of uttering and interpreting the oracles of God as Aaron was Moses Prophet that is Interpreter Exod. 7. 1. and of seeing visions of God such a man was called a Seer 1 Sam. 9. 9. Vnto all the former Diviners Wizzards Charmers c. raised up to the heathens of the devill Moses here opposeth one Prophet to be raised up unto Israel of God and this was Christ raised up unto the Iewes as Peter applieth it saying Moses said â—â—to the fathers A Prophet will the Lord your God raise up unto you c. yee are the children of the Prophets and of the covenant c. Vnto you first God having raised up his Son Iesus sent him to blesse you in turning away every one of you from his iniquities Act. 3. 22. 26. of thy brethren Christ was to be a man and of the stocke of the Iewes by promise because the people could not endure to heare the voice of God vers 16. and as in respect of his Prophesie so of his Priesthood For every high Priest is taken from among men Heb. 5. 1. and of his kingdome as in Deut. 17. 15. from among thy brethren shalt thou set a King over thee like unto me it is said There arose not a Prophet in Israel like unto Moses whom the Lord knew face to face in all the signes and wonders which the Lord sent him to doe c. Deut. 34. 10 11 12. This therefore cannot be understood of the ordinarie Prophets which were raised up in Israel but of Christ onely as the Apostles doe expound it Act. 3. 22. 26. And Christ was like unto Moses in respect of his office of mediation betweene God and the people Deut. 5. 5. 1 Tim. 2. 5. but greater than Moses as being the Mediator of a better Covenant or Testament which was established upon better promises Heb. 8. 6. Like him in excellencie for as Moses excelled all the Prophets in speaking with God mouth to mouth Numb 12. 6 7 8. so Christ excelled him and all men in that being in the bosome of the Father he hath come downe from heaven and declared God unto us Ioh. 1. 18. and 3. 13. Like him in faithfulnesse but therein also excelling for Moses was faithfull in Gods house as a servant but Christ as the Son over his owne house Heb. 3. 2. 5. 6. And like him in signes and wonders wherein he also excelled Moses as the historie of the Gospell sheweth for he was a Prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people Luk. 24. 19. a man approved of God among them by miracles wonders and signes which God did by him in the midst of theÌ„ Act. 2. 22. for he did among them the works wich none other man did Ioh. 15. 24. unto him that is not unto the Diviners Wizards or any such like but unto him and him onely as him thou shalt serve Deut. 6. 13. is expounded him onely Matt. 4. 10. And though this is principally meant of Christs person of whom God said heare him Matt. 17. 5. yet it implieth also his Ministers as himselfe said He that heareth you heareth mee Luk. 10. 16. Vers. 16. Horeb a mountaine called also Sinai Exod. 19. where the Law was given Deut. 5. 2. of the assembly or of the church when all Israel were assembled to heare the Law Exod. 19. 9 10 c. not heare againâ— Hebr. not adde to heare see Exod. 20. 19. where the people requested Moses to speake with them and not God of Iehovah the Chaldee translateth it of the word of the LORD that I die not or and let me not die as the Greeke translateth neither let us die Vers. 17. have well spoken or have done well in speaking The Greeke saith Rightly or Well all that they have spoken Although their speech proceeded from the spirit of bondage and feare manifested in them by the worke of the law in their consciences Rom. 8. 15. and they desired not Christ but Moses to speake unto them yet as the Law was a schoolemaster to leade them unto Christ Gal. 3. 14. so God tooke occasion hereby to preach and promise Christ unto them who is here not only in stead of all Diviners and Soothsayers but in stead of Moses himselfe who was the Minister of the Law which worketh wrath Rom. 4. 15. and was the ministration of death 2 Cor. 3. 7. But Christ hath redeemed us from the curse thereof Gal. 3. 13. and is here promised as a Prophet sent to blesse us Act. 3. 26. for the Law was given by Moses but grace and truth came by Iesus Christ Io. 1. 17 Vers. 18. A Prophet meaning Christ him-selfe the interpreter and declarer of the word of God as vers 15. of whom the multitude said This is Iesus the Prophet Matt. 21. 11. raise up this also the people confirmed saying A great Prophet is risen up amongst us Luk. 7. 16. will give that is will put and stablish as the word given 1 Chron. 17. 22. is the same that established 2 Sam. 7. 24. The Chaldee expoundeth it I will give my words of prophesie Accordingly Christ said to his Father I have given unto them the words which thou gavest me Ioh. 17. 8. his mouth to signifie this Christ appeared with a sharpe two-edged sword proceeding out of his mouth Rev. 1. 16. which figured the sword of the Spirit the word of God Eph. 6. 17. for God had made his mouth like a sharpe sword Esai 49. 2. therwith he smote his enemies and for the comforts wherewith he refresheth his people his lips are likened to lilies dropping sweet-smelling myrrh Song 5.
confessed to be exceeding great Nat. Hist. l. 37. c. 1. And Claudius the Romane Emperour used to weare Emeralds and Sardonyches Plin. ibidem c. 6. so that the Latine Poets when they noted men for their statelinesse spake of their hands garnished with Sardonyches Martial l. 3. Iuvenal Sat. 6. and shew of what esteeme they were in saying gemma◠princeps Sardonychus loculis quae custoditur eburnis Iuvenal Sat. 13. The reason alleaged from Rev. 7. 5 8. that the tribes are there reckoned up by the Holy Ghost with omission of Dan otherwise than they are reckoned in any place of the old Testament weakneth not but rather confirmeth that which I have said For as there is no new person put in stead of any tribe or new name given to any tribe but such as was given before in the old Testament so neither is it likely that in Rev. 21. any other new stone should be placed than such as agreeth with the description of Moses so that the Sardonyx should be looked for in Exo. 28. among the rest Againe the omission of Dan in Rev. 7. accordeth very well with the old Testament for though Iosephs sonnes Ephraim and Manasses made two tribes Genes 48. 5 6. Num. 1. 10 33 35. so that after a sort there were thirteene yet the Scripture usually nameth and reckoneth them but twelve that the name of the twelve tribes is famous also in the new Testament Luke 22. 30. Act. 26. 7. Iam. 1. 1. Rev. 21. 12. And when they are reckoned by the Prophets one commonly is omitted for either Ioseph is named in stead of his two sonnes as in Gen. 49. or if they two be mentioned Levi for his separation to the Lords service in the Tabernacle is omitted as in Num. 13. and often or if both hee and they be expressed some one of the other is let passe as Simeon is unnamed in the blessing of the tribes Deut. 33. Accordingly the Spirit of God in Rev. 7. naming Levi and Manasses and Ioseph for his sonne Ephraim was to omit the name of some other unlesse hee should have counted 13. tribes contrary to the course of the Scriptures and scope of the matter there in hand Why Dan is not named in Revel 7. or Simeon in Deut. 33. belongeth not to this question it sufficeth that there is no new practise in Rev. 7. differing from the Prophets neither need we looke for any innovation among the precious stones Rev. 21. Thus have I according to the measure of knowledge which God hath given me and as the extreme infirmity of my body would permit made answer to the chiefe matters objected especially such as concerne the Scriptures and may by them be decided Other things wherein I have shewed either mine owne or other mens judgement I will not contend about Let not any thing which I have written be accepted without triall or further than it agreeth with the truth The learned which have interpreted and opened the Scriptures have had their second thoughts and altered both their versions and Expositions in sundry 〈◊〉 as all men know but in part For things wherein I have missed I humbly crave pardon of God and of his people to such as have the spirit in them that lusteth after envie I wish a better minde to such as love the truth encrease of knowledge and grace and for ought that is good and profitable in my labours the praise therefore be unto him that is Authour of every good gift and worke the benefit thereof unto those that love his Name which be blessed for ever Amen ANNOTATIONS VPON THE BOOKE OF PSALMES WHEREIN THE HEBREW WORDS and sentences are compared with and explained by the ancient Greeke and Chaldee versions but chiefly by conference with the Holy Scriptures BY HENRY AINSWORTH 2 SAM 23. 1 2. David the sonne of Iesse said And the man who was raised up on high the anointed of the God of Iakob and the sweet Psalmist of Israel said The Spirit of Iehovah spake by me and his word was in my tongue LVKE 24. 44. All things must be fulfilled which are written in the Law of Moses and in the Prophets and in the Psalmes LONDON Printed by John Haviland for John Bellamie and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE 1626. A PREFACE CONCERNING DAVID his Life and Acts. DAVID the sonne of Iesse of the tribe of Iudah of the linage of Abraham in the a 1 Chron. 2. Matth. 1. 1. 17. fourteenth generation was borne in Bethlehem a towne in the tribe of Iudah in the land of Canaan about 2917 yeares after the creation of the world in the daies when Samuel the Prophet was Iudge of Israel He was the b 1 Chro. 2. 15. seventh and youngest of all Iesses sonnes of least esteeme among them and set to keepe his fathers c 1 Sam. 16. 11. sheepe In the three and twentieth yeere of his life he was by Samuel the Prophet privately in Bethlehem anointed d 1 Sam. 16. 13. King over Israel in the midst of his brethren and the Spirit of the Lord came upon him from that day forward He was e Vers. 12. ruddy of a beautifull countenance and goodly to looke to a f Vers. 18. cunning player on the Harpe a mightie valiant man of warre and prudent in speech and a comely person and the Lord was with him Who also gave him these testimonies and promises g Act. 13. 22. I have found David the sonne of Iesse a man after mine owne heart which shall fulfill 〈◊〉 my will h Psal. 89. 19. I have laid helpe on one that is mighty I have exalted one chosen out of the people with whom i Vers. 21. my hand shall be established mine arme also shall strengthen him I will k Vers. 23 c. beat downe his foes before his face and plague them that hate him In my name shall his horne be exalted I will set his hand in the sea and his right hand in the rivers I will make him my first-borne higher than the Kings of the earth My mercy will I keepe for him for ever and my covenant shall stand fast with him his seed will I make to endure for ever and his throne as the daies of heaven c. After Davids anointing in Bethlehem he went againe and fed his l 1 Sam. 16. 19. fathers sheep but the Spirit of God wrought mightily in him He killed m 1 Sam. 17. Goliath the Philistian Giant from whose face n Vers. 24. all the men of Israel fled away for feare David overcame him in the name of the Lord of hosts with a sling and with a stone He was a cunning Musitian and o 1 Sam. 16. 23. playing on his Harpe with his hand he refreshed King Saul tho was vexed with an evill spirit from the Lord. He was imployed in warres against 〈◊〉 Philistians and p 1 Sam. 18. 5. whither soever Saul sent him
our shield For in him our heart shall rejoyce for in the name of his holinesse doe we trust Let thy mercie Iehovah be upon us even as we hopefully wait for thee Annotations BEcommeth the word denoteth a faire and comely grace for which a thing is to be liked and desired So Psal. 93. 5. and 147. 1. The Apostle expresseth it in Greeke by faire or beautifull Rom. 10. 15. from Esa. 52. 7. Vers. 2. with harpe or with sitterne in Hebrew Kinnor a musicall instrument invented by Iubal Gen. 4. 21. used for mirth and joy Psal. 137. 1 2. Esa. 24. 8. Gen. 31. 27. and therefore is called the pleasant harpe Psal. 81. 3. opposed unto mourning Iob 30. 31. in skill on this instrument David excelled 1 Sam. 16. 16. 23. and with this and other they used in Israel to celebrate the Lord with gladnesse 1 Chron. 13. 8. and 15. 16. 28. and 25. 1. Nehem. 12. 27. So spiritually in the New Testament Rev. 14. 2. with Psalterie or Lute or Uioll In Hebrew Nebel an instrument so called of the forme which as seemeth was with a round hollow bulke much like a bottle fo◠Nebel is also a bottle or pitcher 1 Sam. 10. 3. Lam. 4. 2. and of this the Greeks and Latines had their instruments named Nablé Naulon Nablium The Greeke here calleth it Psaltérion ten stringed instrument this differed from the Psalterie Psal. 92. 4. therefore the word with is here supplied Vers. 3. a new song A thing is said to be new which is alwayes fresh renewed upon new occasions and so permanent as Iob saith my glorie was new with me So Love is both an old and a new commandement 1 Ioh. 2. 7 8. Or these new songs mentioned here and Psal. 40. 4. and 96. 1. and 98. 1. and 144. 9. Esai 42. 10. may have reference to the state of things under the Gospell where there is a new covenant Heb. 8. 8. 13. new heavens and new earth Rev. 21. 1. a new man Ephes. 2. 15. and 4. 24. a new Ierusalem Revel 21. 2. and all things new 2 Cor. 5. 17. Rev. 21. 5. See also Rev. 5. 9. and 14. 3. doe well playing c. that is make good musicke or melodie So 1 Sam. 16. 17. 18. Esa. 23. 16. And this melodie we are now willed to make to the Lord in our hearts Ephes. 5. 19. The Hebrew Nagan whereof commeth Neginoth Psal. 4. 1. properly is to play with the hand upon an instrument 1 Sam. 19. 9. Vers. 4. in faith that is faithfull true and constant for so this word is often used as Exod. 17. 12. Moses hands were with faith that is steddy firme constant Vers. 5. the earth is full the like is said Ps. 119. 64. For God doth good unto all both just and unjust Matth. 5. 45. and saveth man and beast Psal. 36. 7. V. 6. the host of them that is the many creatures in them as Angels Suune Moone Starres c. Ps. 148. 1 2 3 5. Gen. 2. 1. So mention is made of the powers or hosts of heaven Matt. 24. 29. Spirit or breath thus Iehovah his Word and his Spirit are noted to be the maker of the world as in Gen. 1. Vers. 7. giveth the deepes that is putteth or disposeth the deepe waters into treasuries or in cellars secret store-houses hidden from the eye of man called elsewhere the secret roome of the deepe Iob 38. 16. So God is said to have treasuries or store-houses of winde Psal. 135. 7. of snow and haile Iob 38. 22. of darkenesse Isa. 45. 3. and the like The Chaldee translateth he putteth the waters into the treasuries of the deeps Vers. 9. it stood that is existed firme and stable and so continued So Psalm 119. 91. Vers. 10. dissipateth or maketh frustrate undoeth abrogateth a word opposed to ratifying confirming stablishing Isa. 8. 10. and 19. 3. bringeth to nought annihilateth and breaketh Vers. 11. shall stand that is continue and have effect whatsoever men purpose to the contrary See Isa. 14. 24. 27. and 46. 10. Prov. 19. 21. Vers. 12. is God to wit by speciall covenant and favour though all the earth be his Gen. 17. 7. Exod. 19. 5. and this is by the new Covenant Heb. 8. 10. So Psal. 144. 15. Vers. 15. altogether or alone The Hebrew jachad sometime signifieth alone without others Iob 34. 29. Ezra 4. 3. and so the Greeke Interpreters tooke it here translating it kata monas alone or by himselfe sometime it signifieth wholly or every whit Iob 10. 8. sometime together or in one Ps. 2. 2. All these agree well here for God onely and wholly formeth every mans heart and spirit Zach. 12. 1. whereupon he is called the Father of spirits Hebr. 12. 9. and the God of the spirits of all flesh Num. 16. 22. Vers. 16. Of a power that is of an armie so called because there are strong valiant and active men Psal. 136. 15. Vers. 17. A horse is falshood that is a false and deceitfull helpe cannot save a man but faileth those that trust in him Zach. 10. 5. Ps. 76. 6. The horse is here used for all warlike furniture this being above other creatures strong fierce and couragious Iob 39. 22 28. and therefore is prepared for the day of battell but salvation is of the Lord Pro. 21. 31. Vers. 18. The eye of Iehovah that is his care and providence for good as the next verse sheweth and as Ps 32. 8. Zach. 12 4. 1 Pet. 3. 12. Sometime the Lords eye is on men for evill Amos 9. 4. 8. Vers. 20. for Iehovah in Chaldee for the redemption of the Lord. Vers. 21. in him Chaldee in his word PSAL. XXXIV David praiseth God for his deliverance and exhorteth others thereto by his experience 9 They are blessed that trust in God 12 Hee exhorteth to the feare of God 16 The priviledges of the righteous and miseries of the wicked 1. A Psalme of David when he had changed his behaviour before Abimelech and he had driven him away and he was gone 2. I Will blesse Iehovah in all time continually his praise shall be in my mouth 3. In Iehovah my soule shall glory the meeke shall heare and shall rejoyce 4. Magnifie ye Iehovah with me and let us extoll his name together 5. I sought Iehovah and he answered me and rid me free from all my feares 6. They looked to him and flowed and their faces be not ashamed 7. This poore afflicted man called and Iehovah heard and saved him out of all his distresses 8. The Angell of Iehovah pitcheth a campe about them that feare him and releaseth them 9. Taste ye and see that Iehovah is good O blessed is the man that hopeth for safety in him 10. Feare Iehovah ye his Saints for there is no want to them that feare him 11. The Lions are impoverished and an hungred but they that seeke Iehovah shall not want any good 12. Come sonnes hearken to me I will learne you the feare of
and tell their sonnes And they might put their constant hope in God and not forget the acts of God and might keepe his commandements And not be as their fathers a generation perverse and rebellious a generation that prepared not aright their heart and whose spirit was not faithfull with God The sonnes of Aephrajim armed shooting with bow turned backe in the day of battell They kept not the covenant of God and in his Law they refused to walke And forgate his actions and his marvellous workes which he had shewed them Before their fathers he had done a miracle in the land of Aegypt the field of Tsoan He cleft the sea and made them passe thorow and made the waters to stand as an heape And led them with a cloud by day and all the night with a light of fire He clave the Rocks in the wildernesse and gave drinke as out of the great deepes And brought forth streames out of the rock made waters descend like rivers And they added yet to sin against him to provoke bitterly the most high in the dry desart And tempted God in their hart asking meat for their soule And they spake against God they said Can God furnish a table in the wildernesse Loe hee smote the Rocke and waters gushed out and streames over-flowed can he also give bread or can he prepare flesh for his people Therefore Iehovah heard and was exceeding angry and fire was kindled against Iakob and also anger came up against Israel Because they beleeved not in God and trusted not in his salvation Though he had commanded the skies from above and opened the doores of heavens And rained upon them Manna to eat and the wheat of heavens hee gave to them Man did eat the bread of the mighties hee sent them meat to satietie Hee made an East wind to passe forth in the heavens and brought on a South wind by his strength And rained flesh upon them as dust and fethered fowle as the sand of the seas And made it fall in the midst of his campe round about his dwelling places And they did eat and were filled vehemently and their desire he brought unto them They were not estranged from their desire their meat was yet in their mouth When the anger of God came up against them and slew of the fat of them and smote downe the choise young men of Israel For all this they sinned yet and beleeved not for his marvellous workes And hee consumed their daies in vanitie and their yeares in hastie terrour When he slew them then they sought him and returned and sought God early And remembred that God was their Rocke and the most high God their redeemer But they flatteringly allured him with their mouth and with their tongue they lyed to him For their heart was not firmely prepared with him neither were they faithfull in his covenant And he being compassionate mercifully covered iniquitie and corrupted not but multiplied to turne away his anger and did not stirre up all his wrathfull heat For he remembred that they were flesh a wind that goeth and shall not returne How oft did they bitterly provoke him in the wildernesse grieve him in the desart For they returned and tempted God and limited the holy one of Israel They remembred not his hand nor the day in which hee had redeemed them from the distresser When hee put his signes in Aegypt and his wonders in the field of Tsoan And turned their rivers into bloud and their streames that they could not drinke He sent among them a mixed swarme which did eat them and the frog which corrupted them And he gave their fruit to the caterpiller and their labour to the locust Hee killed their vine with haile and their wild fig-trees with the blasting hailestone And he shut up their cattell to the haile and their flocks of cattell to the lightnings Hee sent among them the burning of his anger exceeding wrath and indignation and distresse by the sending of the messengers of evills Hee weighed out a path to his anger he withheld not their soule from death and their wilde beast hee shut up to the pestilence And smote all the first-borne in Aegypt the beginning of strengths in the tents of Cham. And hee made his people passe forth as sheepe and led them on as a flocke in the wildernesse And led them in confident safety and they dreaded not and the sea covered their enemies And he brought them to the border of his holinesse this mountaine which his right hand purchased And he cast out the heathens from their faces and made them fall in the line of possession made the tribes of Israel to dwell in their tents And they tempted bitterly provoked the most high God and kept not his testimonies But turned backe and unfaithfully transgressed like their fathers they were turned like a warping bow And provoked him to anger by their high places and by their graven idols they stirred him to jealousie God heard was exceeding wroth vehemently abhorred Israel And hee forsooke the dwelling place of Shilo the tent he had placed for a dwelling among earthly men And gave his strength into captivity his beauteous glory into the hand of the distresser And shut up his people to the sword was exceeding wroth with his inheritance The fire did eat their choice yong men their virgins were not praised Their Priests fell by the sword and their widowes wept not And the Lord awaked as one out of sleepe as a mighty one shouting after wine And smote his distressers behinde he gave them eternal reproach And he refused the tent of Ioseph chose not the tribe of Aephrajim But he chose the tribe of Iudah the mount Sion which he loved And builded his sanctuary like high places like the earth which hee founded for ever And he chose David his servant and tooke him from the folds of sheepe From after the ewes with young brought he him to feed Iakob his people and Israel his possession And he fed them according to the perfection of his heart and by the discretions of his hands led he them Annotations MY Law or doctrine for of it the Law hath the name in Hebrew see Psal. 19. 8. Christ speaketh in this Psalme to his people as the next verse sheweth So Isa. â—1 4. Vers. 2. in a parable that is in or with parables as the holy Ghost expoundeth it Mat. 13. 34 35. All these things spake Jesus to the multitude in parables c. that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the Prophet saying I will open my mouth in parables c. Here the narration and applying of ancient histories are called Parables because all these things came unto our fathers as types and were written to admonish us 1 Cor. 10. 11. What a Parable meaneth see Psal. 49. 5. will utter or well out as from a spring or fountaine hid things so the holy Ghost expoundeth it in Greeke Mat.
condition our matter and forme the originall word properly is a formed vessell of earth applied to our fraile estate Rom. 9. 20 21. sometime this is spoken of our fictions and sinfull imaginations Gen. 6. 5. Deut. 31. 21. and so the Chaldee interpreteth it here our evill concupiscence which carrieth us into error Vers. 15. as the grasse c. that is few and transitorie though making a faire shew Compare Psal. 90. 5 6. Iob 14. 1 2. Iam. 1. 10 11. 1 Pet. 1. 24. Vers. 16. not know it or know him that is hee shall have no more place here So Iob 7. 10. Vers. 18. to doe them this noteth the outward practise and operation of the Law whereas keeping or observing is with the heart and spirit of man Prov. 3. 1 3. and 4. 4 21. Psal. 78. 8. Vers. 19. prepared his throneâ— or stabâ—â—â—he it a signe of dominion and gover 〈…〉 be administred in heaven whereby the Church is figured Rev. 4. 1. 2. See also Psal. 9. 5 8 9. and 11. 4. Vers. 20. hearkning or to hearken to obey and this noteth a willing and ready minde in the Angels and our Lord teacheth vs to pray for the like Mat. 6. 10. The Hebrew phrase to obey may be Englished obeying as the like in Psal. 104. 15 21. and 105. 11. See also Psal. 49. 15. and 65. 11. Vers. 21. his hosts or armies the thrones principalities powers c. that are in the heavenly places Eph. 3. 10. Col. 1. 16. for they are his hosts 1 King 22. 19. Gen. 32. 2. and generally all creatures are his hosts see Psal. 24. 10. ministers the Angels which minister unto him Psal. 104. 4. Dan. 7. 10. the same title is given also to men Esa. 61. 6. PSAL. CIV A meditation upon Gods powerfull workes and wonderfull providence in creating and governing the world and creatures therein 31 Gods glory is eternall 33 The Prophet voweth perpetually to praise him MY soule blesse thou Iehovah Iehovah my God thou art vehemently great thou araiest thy selfe with Majesty and comely honour Deeking him-selfe with light as with a garment stretching out the heavens as a curtaine Planchering his lofts in the waters making the clouds his Chariot walking vpon the wings of the wind Making his Angels spirits his Ministers a flaming fire He hath founded the earth upon her bases it shall not bee moved for ever and aye Thou coveredst it with the deepe as with a raiment the waters stood above the mountaines At thy rebuke they fled at the voice of thy thunder they hasted away The mountaines they went up the vallies they went downe to the place which thou foundest for them Thou didst set a bound they shall not passe they shall not returne to cover the earth That sendeth wel-springs in the vallies they walke betweene the mountaines They give drinke to all the wilde beasts of the field the wilde asses breake their thirst By them the fowle of the Heaven dwelleth from betweene the branches they give the voice That watreth the mountaines from his lofts the earth is filled with the fruit of thy workes That maketh grasse to grow for cattle and the herbe for the use of man bringing forth bread out of the earth And wine that rejoyceth the heart of sorry man making the face chearefull with osle and bread that upholdeth the heart of sorry man Tilled are the trees of Iehovah the Cedars of Lebanon which he planted That there the birds may make their nest the Storke the Fir trees are her house The high mountaines for the wilde goats the rocks a shelter for the conies He made the Moone for appointed times the Sunne knoweth his going downe Thou puttest darknesse and it is night in it doe creep forth all wilde beasts of the wood The lurking Lions roaring for the prey and seeking their meat of God The Sunne riseth they gather them away and couch downe in their dens Out goeth man unto his worke and to his labour till evening How many are thy workes Iehovah all of them hast thou done in wisdome the earth is full of thy riches This Sea great and wide of spaces there are creeping things even innumerable small wilde beasts with great There goe the ships Levjathan whom thou hast formed to play therein They all looke attentively unto thee to give them their food in his time Thou givest it to them they gather it thou openest thine hand they are filâ—ed with good Thou hidest thy face they are suddenly troubled thou gatherest their spirit they breath out the ghost and returne unto their dust Thou sendest forth thy spirit they are created and thou renewest the face of the earth The glory of Iehovah be for ever rejoyce let Iehovah in his deeds He looketh upon the earth and it trembleth he toucheth the mountaines and they smoke I will sing to Iehovah in my life I will sing Psalmes to my God while I am Sweet shall my meditation be of him I will rejoyce in Iehovah Consumed be sinners out of the earth and wicked men be they no more my soule blesse thou Iehovah Halelujah Annotations ANd comely honour that is shewest thy selfe by all thy works to be God over all to whom glory and honour is due Therefore God challengeth Iob and so all men to doe thus if they can and they shall be celebrated of him Iob 40 4 5. 9. Of these words see Psal. 8. 2 6. Vers. 2. Decking or clothing or He clotheth to wit himselfe with light dwelling in the light that none can attaine unto 1 Tim. 6. 16. and at first commanding the light to shine out of darknesse wherewith he decked the world Gen. 1. 3. 2 Cor. 4. 6. as a curtaine that is as a canopie or tent Song 1. 5. Ier. 49. 29. when he spred out the firmament by himselfe alone Gen. 1. 6. Esa. 44. 24. and 51. 13. Iob 37. 18. Vers. 3. Planchering He plancketh or planchereth his lofts or upper chambers that is the clouds aloft or upper regions of the aire as after in vers 13. in the waters among them or with waters which are above in the firmament Gen. 1. 7. where God bindeth the waters in the clouds and the cloud is not broken under them Iob 26. 8. making or putting that is disposing them his Chariot to sit and ride on as Esa. 19. 1. Rev. 14. 14. Compare Psal. 18. 11. Vers. 4. spirits that is spirituall substances so differing from Christ who is no made or created spirit but the maker of all things Psal. 102. 26. and from men made of flesh and bloud Luk. 24. 39. The originall word also signifieth winds and Angels by interpretation are messengers whereupon some translate he maketh the winds his messengers but the Holy Ghost in Heb. 1. 7. sheweth this to be spoken of Angels properly who are named also ministring spirits Heb. 1. 14. flaming fire effectuall in their administration the Angels therefore have appeared like horses and Chariots of fire 2 King 6. 17. and 2.
12. 5. That place is not alwayes easie to bee discerned for many will falsly say Lee here is Christ or loe he is there Marke 13. 21. 22. and sometimes Christ for mens sinnes withdraweth himselfe Song 5. 6. God hideth his face Deut. 32. 20 and saith I will not feed you Zach. 11. 9. Sometime the Woman is forced to flye into the wildernesse where she is nourished of God many dayes Rev. 12. 14. and sometime the state of the Church is such as that it doth not for the present in joy the Pastors that should feed and guide the same Acts 14. 21. 22. 23. Tit. 1. 5. my soule loveth this signifieth unfeigned and fervent love with a longing desire to injoy the fellowship of her beloved therefore she useth this phrase againe when in the absence of Christ shee earnestly seeketh for him in Chap. 3. vers 1. 2. 3. 4. Like it is the affecting or longing of the soule in Gen. 34. 8. the knitting of the soule 1 Sam. 18. 1. the delighting of the soule Esay 42. 1. and sundry the like where thou feedest or how thou feedest how thou makest to rest feedest Hebr. wilt feed that is art wont to feed or usually and continually feedest to weet thy flocke which word as being easie to be understood is often omitted as in Gen. 37. 16. and 29. 7. Feeding implyeth all the duties of a Pastor or Heirder as to lead in and out to give pasture and water to governe with the rod and staffe c. Psal. 23. Wherefore Kings are said to feed as Pastors Psalm 78. 70. 71. 72. So Christ as King and great Pastor of the sheepe Heb. 13. 20. doth by his Ministery with his Spirit Word Seales Censures c. feed his people for whom he layd down his life hee calleth them by name leadeth them out goeth before them saveth them from wolves that would devoure giveth them eternall life and they shall neuer perish Iohn 10. Of him it is prophesied He shall feed his flocke like a shepheard hee shall gather the Lambes with his arme and cary them in his bosome hee shall gently lead those that are with young Esay 40. 11. Therefore shee desireth to bee under his guidance and in his fold that he feeding her shee may not lacke or desireth to know the manner how Christ feedeth that she likewise may so feed her kiddes as vers 8. makest to rest or makest to lye downe and so givest rest to thy flocke Both these workes of grace God promiseth to his people with other the like saying I will both search my sheepe and seeke them out I will feed them in a good pasture I will feed my flocke and I will cause them to lye downe saith the Lord God I will seeke that which was lost and bring againe that which was driven away and will bind up that which was broken and will strengthen that which was sicke but I will destroy the fat and the strong and will feed them with judgement Ezek. 34. 11. 14. 15. 16. at noone in the heat of the day signifying the heat of persecution tribulation tentation and whatsoever may cause the disquiet and griefe of his flocke In the middest whereof Christ giveth safe repose unto his sheepe which have peace in him though in the world they have affliction for hee hath overcome the world Iohn 16. 33. They shall not hunger nor thirst neither shall the heat nor Sunne smite them for he that hath mercy on them shall lead them even by the springs of water shall he guide them Esay 49. 10. that turneth aside or as one that inwrappeth or that covereth her selfe or that is covered or veyled this latter sense the Greeke version giveth according to the usuall signification of the Hebrew word And this covering either is a signe of sorrow and shame as mourners used to cover their faces Ezek. 24. 17. or of lightnesse and dishonesty as Thamar was thought to be an harlot because she had covered her face Gen. 38. 14. 15. So here the Spouse desireth to know where Christ feedeth left she should wander about and seeke him with sorrow and bee by others reputed an harlot for she would eschew all appearance of evill Or by saying as one that turneth aside she intimateth her perill lest through want of him whom shee loveth shee fall into the hands of others which boast to be Christs companions and so in her faith and manners be corrupted as were the Churches of Galatia Gal. 1. 6. 7. For when men have not their abiding in the Lords inheritance they are in danger to be drawne unto the service of other gods as David acknowledgeth in 1 Sam. 26. 19. flockes of thy companions or herds of thy fellowes for Gneder is both a flocke and an herd Ioel 1. 18. It seemeth here to meane the congregations of false Christs and false Prophets which come in his name saying I am Christ and doe deceive many Matth. 24. 5. 24. 2 Pet. 2. 1. 2. But Christs sheepe follow him for they know his voyce and a stranger they will not follow but will flee from him for they know not the voice of strangers Ioh. 10. 4. 5. but they all have one shepheard Ezek. 37. 24. And as other shepheards are not to be followed so neither other flockes or herds for Gods elect shall inherit his mountaine and his servants shall dwell there Esay 65. 9. In Ier. 6. 2. 3. the daughter of Zion is likened to a comely and delicate woman her enemies are likened to shepheards with their flockes Of the Hebrewes Sol. Iarchi expoundeth this passage thus Tell me ô thou whom my soule loveth Now the Holy Ghost turneth and likeneth her to a flocke lovingly affected unto the Pastour The Congregation of Israel saith before him as a woman to her husband Tell mee ô thou whom my soule loveth where thou feedest thy flocke among these wolves amids whom they are and where thou makest them to rest at noone in this captivity which is a time of tribulation unto them as the noone-tide which is a time of tribulation unto the flocke And if thou sayest Why art thou so carefull This is not for thine honour that I should bee like a mourner covering the lip weeping for my flocke by the flockes of other shepheards which feed their flockes as thou dost as if she should say Among the troupes of the peoples that are joyned to other gods and have Kings and Princes that menage or governe them The Chaldee paraphrast explaineth it thus When the time was come that Moses the Prophet should bee dissolved out of the world he said before the Lord I know that this people will sinne and shall goe into captivity now shew thou unto mee how they shall bee governed and dwell among the peoples whose decrees are grievous as the heat and scorching of the Sun at noone in the midst of Summer And why shall they wander up and downe among the flockes of the sonnes of Esau and Ismael
which doe associate unto thee their errours their idols for companions Vers. 8. If thou know not that is Forasmuch as or Seeing that thou knowest not as in Num. 22. 20. If the men be come to call thee that is Forasmuch as they are come Here Christ beginneth to speake unto his people with words of comfort and instruction and after proceedeth to shew the power and glory of the Church adorned with his graces Sol. Iarchi saith This is the answer of the Pastour thou know not or thou thy selfe knowest not Hebr. If thou know not to thee or for thy selfe which latter words are thought to be redundant and are therefore omitted in most translations though here it may have a commodious sense to signifie the ignorance which she hath in her selfe upon acknowledgement whereof Christ informeth her Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it If thou know not whither thou shouldest goe to feed thy flocke thou fairest among women because the Pastour he hath ceased to governe or menage them fairest Hebr faire or beautifull among women whereby is meant more faire then other women or fairest of womankind as the mother of our Lord is called Blessed among women Luke 1. 28. 42. that is most blessed or more blessed then other women so the Lyon is said to bee strong among beasts that is strongest Prov. 30. 30. The Hebrew Iaphab signifieth faire or beautifull not onely in colour but in comely proportion and elegancy such as draweth love and liking for the same word is attributed sometime to cattell Gen. 41. 3. to trees Ier. 11. 16. and to every thing that God made Eccles. 2. 11. And the Church is here called by Christ and after by her friends Song 5. 9. and 6. 1. the fairest among women by reason of the graces the spirituall beauty of faith hope love patience c. wherewith God in Christ hath beautified her who by nature was deformed and loathsome as is shewed in Ezek. 16. where her nativity was of the land of Canaan of Amorites and Hittites vers 3. she was cast out to the loathing of her person in the day that shee was borne vers 5. she was polluted in her owne bloods ver 6. till God gave her life and excellent ornaments vers 7. covered her nakednesse vers 8. washed away her bloods vers 9. clothed girded decked her with ornaments chaines jewels c. and so she became exceeding beautifull vers 10. 13. Shee being privy to her owne infirmities called her selfe blacke vers 5. but Christ here calleth her faire and magnifieth her beauty in vers 15. and often in this Song because he hath sanctified and clensed her with the washing of water by the Word that he might present her to himselfe a glorious Church not having spot or wrinkle or any such thing but that shee should be holy and without blemish Ephes. 5. 26. 27. Thus if we will condemne our selves God will justifie us and when we are weake then are wee strong 2 Cor. 12. 10. And as we increase in obedience and sanctification so doth the love of Christ increase towards us Psal. 45. 11. 12. goe thy way forth or get thee out goe forth thou Heb. goe out for thee or goe forth for thy selfe As God said to Abram Goe thou or for thy selfe Gen. 12. 1. so here Christ calleth forth his Church from sitting still in her mournfull estate that she should not onely wish and desire but indevour and put forth her selfe to doe the workes of her calling to feed her kids and to goe out to meet the Bridegroome Matth. 25. 6. For not every every one that saith unto Christ Lord Lord shall enter into the kingdome of heaven but he that doth the will of his Father which is in heaven Matt. 7. 21. by the footsteps of the flocke or in the footsteps of the sheepe that is goe in those wayes and doe those workes which the sheep or flocke of Christ have gone in and done before thee Footsteps are the print of the feet in the way that is trodden before us and as Christ himselfe hath left us an example in his doings and sufferings that we should follow his footsteps 1 Pet. 2. 21. and we are to be imitators or followers of God Ephes. 5. 1. so should we be of the flocke of God and of godly pastors in that faith and order which they have walked in before us as it is said Be yee imitators of mee even as I also am of Christ 1 Cor. 11. 1. and Remember your guides who have spoken unto you the word of God whose faith imitate ye considering the issue of their conversation Heb. 13. 7. So likewise of the flocke of Christ as it is said Ye brethren became imitators of the Churches of God c. 1 Thess. 2. 14. and we desire c. that yee be not slouthfull but imitators of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises Heb. 6. 11. 12. The flocke here spoken of seemeth to bee opposed unto the flockes or herds in vers 7. as Christ is to his companions or fellowes there mentioned who as he is the One great Pastour so hath hee generally one fold and flocke Iohn 10. 16. Ezek. 34. 22. 23. which is his Church as he saith And yee my flocke the flocke of my pasture are men Ezek. 34. 31. Their footsteps are their faith and workes set forth in the Scriptures as we are taught to walke in the footsteps of the faith of our father Abraham Rom 4 12. and so of all other our godly predecessors Heb. 11. 1. 2. 40. and 12. 1. after whom wee should walke in the same spirit in the same footsteps 2 Cor. 12. 18. And thus the Hebrewes also understand this place as Iarchi explaineth it Consider the wayes of thy first fathers which received my Law and kept my charge and my commandements and walke thou in their wayes Likewise the Chaldee paraphrast saith The Congregation which is like to a faire damsell and whom my soule loveth let her walke in the wayes of the just men and order her prayer by the mouth of her governors and let her lead her posterity and learne her children which are like to the kiddes of the goats to goe unto the Synagogue and unto the Schoole c. feed thy kids The flocke in Scripture usually comprehendeth both sheepe and goats as in Levit. 1. 10. and though goats sometime being opposed to sheep signifie the wicked reprobates Matthew 25. 32. 33. c. yet usually they figured in the Law Christians given up as sacrifices to God and Christ himselfe was figured by goats and kids by the Apostles exposition Heb. 9. 12. 13. 14. and 1 Cor. 5. 7. compared with Exod. 12. 5. So here the kids signifie yong and tender Christians which are to be fed with the sincere milke of the word that they may grow thereby 1 Pet. 2. 2. And so Christ giveth charge Feed my Lambs Feed my Sheepe Iohn 21. 15. 16. And this is the end why the
of the Law were a midle wall of partition as Paul nameth them Ephes. 2. 14. behind which Christ standeth speaketh and sheweth himselfe though more obscurely But we may best apply it to our owne wall meaning of the heart as the Prophet speaketh of the walls of his heart Ier. 4. 19. which the Greek there translateth the senses of his heart and it agreeth with that saying Behold I stand at the doore and knocke c. Revel 3. 20. For the naturall senses and understanding of our hearts are as a wall to hinder us from Christ till they be pulled down reformed according to the knowledge of God And so it is prophesied of Christ that he should unwall or cast downe the walls of all the sonnes of Seth Num. 24. 17. that is as the Apostle openeth should by the preaching of the Gospell pull downe strong holds cast downe imaginations and every high thing that exalteth it selfe against the knowledge of God and bring into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ 2 Cor. 10. 4. 5. looking through or looking in at the windowes this word used onely here and in Psal. 33. 14. and Esay 14. 16. signifieth a looking narrowly and an intentive observation of that which is done or suffered by others So it noteth Christs providence and care of his Church and all her wayes to see how shee would accept of him and his word flourishing or blossoming that is shewing himselfe as a floure sweet pleasant amiable to teach that Christ commeth not unto his without profit and comfort to their soules For as hee is all gracious so hee profereth grace to his Church The Greeke translateth it looking in agreeable to the former word lattesses a word not elsewhere used in the Hebrew but the Chaldee useth it for windowes as in Ios. 2. 21. And as windowes and lattesses doe both serve to let in light into the house so according to the former interpretation they may here bee applyed to Christ through whom grace shined in his humane nature or to his ordinances through which the light of grace shineth unto us as by his Word Seales of the Covenant c. or to the hearts of his people into which he conveyeth heavenly light But his looking in to his Spouse through these betokeneth also his secret observation of her and all her doings for things which one doth secretly unespyed are said to be by looking out at the window as in Prov. 7. 6. c. Ge. 26. 8. And as for her she seeth him not plainly but as through windowes and lattesses for in this life wee know but in part and now we see through a glasse darkly 1 Cor. 13. 12. The Chaldee referreth this speech to Gods respect of his people when they kept the Passeover in Aegypt Exod. 12. which was a figure of Christ our Passeover sacrificed for us 1 Cor. 5. 7. Vers. 10. answered or spake She telleth here the end and fruit of Christs swift comming to call her by his Word and Spirit from her present estate and place of affliction unto a better or from that slouth or security wherein shee lay to follow him in the faith and love of his Gospell for when we with open face behold as in a glasse the glory of the Lord we have also this grace added that we are changed into the same image from glory to glorie even as by the Spirit of the Lord 2 Cor. 3. 18. Rise up thou or Rise up for thy selfe and for thy good so after Come away for thy selfe Sitting or lying still fitteth not with a Christian in this life who is called to runne the way of Gods commandements Psal. 119. 32. and to follow the Lambe whithersoever he goeth Rev. 14. 4. By our owne default and negligence we want the comforts of Christ and his communion but this our sinne is reproved and made manifest by the light Wherefore he saith Awake thou that sleepest and arise from the dead and Christ shall give thee light Ephes. 5. 13. 14. Hereunto Christ calleth us with words of love and kindnesse come thou away or goe thou or get thee away Such words God used to Abraham when he called him out of his Country Genesis 12. Vers. 11. Winter a time of cold hardnesse storme and tempest wherein flowers and fruits are consumed travell is difficult for then God casteth forth his yee like morsels who can stand before his cold Psal. 147. 17. Therefore Christ saith Pray that your flight be not in the winter Mat. 24. 20. raine is over or is changed that is past away and faire wether come in the place Raine in winter is an hindrance of travell or going abroad as appeareth also by Ezr. 19. 9. 13. These things may be applyed to outward troubles and grievances in this life by the malice of the world as when Israel was in the bondage of Aegypt and of Babylon and after were released likewise to the spirituall winter raine and rage of Antichrist after which the graces and fruits of the Gospell beganne to flourish againe May also signifie the afflictions of soule wherein feares and sorrowes are stirred up like tempests by the wrath of God caused by sinne discovered and stirred up by the Law Rom. 3. 20. and 4. 15. and 7. 5. 8. 23. 24. All which by Christs comming are done away Rom. 7. 25. For that man is an hiding place from the wind and a covert from the tempest Esay 32. 2. and through him we being justified by faith have peace with God Rom. 5. 1. and his Tabernacle is for a place of refuge and for a covert from storme and from raine Esay 4. 6. The same thing is elsewhere signified by the scorching heat of the summer Rev. 7. 16. 17. Vers. 12. The flowers or The flourishîng things the flowerings appeare A description of a pleasant and fruitfull Spring after a dolefull winter signifying Christs gracious and comfortable gifts for the delight and benefit of his Church after the removall of the former evils These flowers may bee understood both of the Saints themselves which now beganne to hold up their heads and of the graces of the spirit wherewith they are adorned for their mutuall comfort whiles the joyfull tidings of the Gospell are discovered unto the consciences of afflicted sinners to assure them of the favour of God Thus unto Pharaohs Butler in prison was signified his restoring to his former good estate by a dreame of vine branches that budded blossomed and brought forth grapes Gen. 40. 9. 10. 13. And when God promiseth grace to his people he saith Israel shall blossome and bud and fill the face of the world with fruit Esay 27. 6. and they of the citie shall flourish like grasse of the earth Psal. 72. 16. the earth which being naturally dry and barren and cursed for mans sinne Gen. 3. is by the blessing of God and by meanes of the raine and deaw of heaven made fruitfull and this is applyed unto our sinfull barren nature
sweet perfume Exod. 30. which perfume figured the mediation of Christ the Angell which offereth much incense w ch the prayers of all saints Rev. 8. 3. So through his death and intercession the Church hath her sweet smell and all her garments are Myrrh aloes and Cassia Psal. 45. with all powder or above all powder that is powders or spices of the Merchant That is with all other graces that Christ hath bestowed upon her by the preaching of his Gospell Or those forenamed Myrrh and Frankincense which shee hath from Christ are above all other graces and gifts which can be attained to in this word of the merchant or of the spice merchant as the word is englished in 1 Kin. 10. 15. But the Gr. interpreteth it Apothecarie or Ointment maker Such were of the Priests under the Law which made the ointment of the spices 1 Chron. 9. 30. and such now are the Ministers of the Gospell uttering the word and graces of the Spirit Ver. 7. Behold his bed which is Solomons an Hebrew manner of speech explained thus in Greeke Behold the bed of Solomon Some understand here his bed like that which was Solomons others above or better theÌ„ that which was Solomons The Spirit here calleth us to behold the guard which was about Solomons bed for his safety and security froÌ„ feare Solomon in his name Kingly office wisedome and royalty was a figure of Christ who is greater then Solomon Mat. 12. 42. and his bed is above Solomons Christs bed here seemeth to meane the hearts of the elect as in Song 1. 13. the Spouse said he shold lodge betwixt her brests in whose hearts Christ dwelleth by faith Ephes. 3. 17. and there taketh his repose and rest And this habitation or ledging was figured by the Tabernacle and Temple of Solomon 1 Cor. 6. 19. Therefore the Chaldee paraphrast who saw not Christ but in shadowes applyed this bed to the Temple which Solomon built 60. mightie ones or 60. valiants strong men Solomons bed was guarded with sixtie of the Valiants or mighty men of Israel that hee might bee safe from perill figuring the safe guarding and keeping of the hearts and minds of Gods elect both by their own diligent watch over their hearts and wayes as it is written Above all observation keepe thy heart for oâ—â— of it are the â—ssues of life Pro. 4. 23. wherein whiles they keepe sound wisedome and discretion when they lye downe they shall not be afraid yea they lye downe and their sleepe is sweet Pro. 3. 21. 24. as also by the safe keeping and protection of God by whose power the Saints are guarded or kept through faith unto salvation 1. Pet. 1. 5. so that they are not afraid for the terrour of the night or for the arrow that flyeth by day Psal. 91. 1. 5. the peace of God which passeth â—l understanding doth keep or guard their hearts and minds through Christ Iesus Phil. 4. 7. And in speciall this is done by the Ministers of Christ that watch and wake for the soules of his people Heb. 13. 17. Act. â—0 28. 31. as his servants of old did stand in the house of the Lord in the nights Psal. 134. 1. might it ones of Israel what mighty valiants were in Israel appeareth by Davids Worthies which helped him in his wars and are mentioned in 1 Chron. 11 10. 47. and 12. 1. 38. They figured such strong men as have the word of God abiding in them and doe overcome the wicked one 1 Ioh. 2. 14. V. 8. hold the sword or holden apprehended of the sword that is girded therewith The word of God is the sword of the Spirit Ephes. 6. 17. which men do then hold when they hold forth the word of life Phil. 2. 16. and therewith resist Satan and all enemies and by faith doe overcome 1 Ioh. 2. 14. and 5. 4. expert or learned taught as the Greeke translateth it being taught of God who teacheth the hands of his people to war 2. Sam. 22. 35. so that they fight the good fight of faith 1 Tim. 6. 12. and by long custome are inured and skilfull in the Lords battels and have their senses exercised to discerne good and evill Heb. 5. 14. Such in figure were the sons of Reuben Gad and Manasses 1 Chron 5. 18. his swordon his thigh by his side prepared and ready to fight as Exod. 32. 27. So unto Christ it is said Gird thy sword upon thy thigh O mighty one Psal. 45. 4. feare in the nights or dread terror in the nights the dreadfull evills that are secret and unseene and every night do endanger For thefts murders treasons and other mischiefes are often done in the night as experience and the scriptures testifie Iob 24. 14. Ier. 6. 5. Neh. 6. 10. Dan. 5. 30. 1 Cor. 11. 23. Mat. 13. 25. Prov. 7. 9. 22. and then it is needfull to watch stand ready armed Neh. 4. 22. Mat. 24. 43. and 26. 31. 41. So Christians which are to wrastle against manifold tentations and against the rulers of the darkness of this world against spirituall wickednesses in high places are willed to take unto them the whole armour of God and to stand having their loynes girded c. Ephes. 6. 12. 13. 14. V. 9. a charret The Hebrew Apirjon is not found but in this one place translated in the Greek Phoreion which is a thing to cary upon as a charet licter or the like but after the Hebrew it hath the name of fairenesse or gloriousnesse and of fruitfulnesse Some take it be a throne some a pallace some a bed Sol. Iarchi expounds it a secret chamber for honor to wit such as is made for the Bride Bridegoome The Chaldee expoundeth this of the temple which Solomon made of the wood of Lebanon but that temple was a figure of Christ and of his Church to which we may better referre it Of Christ it may be meant in respect of his human nature which was all glorious without spot of sinne which humanity he made and assumed to himselfe with all the glorious graces of the spirit for the salvation of his elect the daughters of Ierusalem Of the Ministers of Christ or the Church his mysticall body it may as I thinke rather here bee spoken which by the preaching profession and practise of the Gospell carieth Christ as a charret holding forth the word of truth and of salvation in the midst wherof Christ sitteth teaching governing and triumphing So the former similitude of the Bed signifieth the more secret state of the Church in times of danger this of the charret betokeneth the more open glory of the same by the publishing and practising of the Gospell wood or trees of LebanoÌ„ that is of Cedar wood that grew on LebanoÌ„ figuring the Saints likned to Cedars in Lebanon Ps. 92. 12. 13. of which as of the matter Christ maketh his Church Rom. 1. 7. 1 Cor. 1. 2. Ver. 10. the pillars This if it be referred to persoÌ„s meaneth
and the fruit groweth not among the leaves but on the top of the branches as historians doe record Pliny l. 13. c. 5. So Christ if it be understood of him going up and taking hold of the boughes both signifieth it to be his owne possession and sheweth his care and love to looke unto it and to purge the branches that they may beare more fruit as the Father doth the fruitfull branches of the Vine Ioh. 15. 1. 2. and likewise to injoy and accept of the gracious fruits of his Spouse with whom he will now continue Or taking it as before for the speech of the faithfull Company it meaneth their purpose and indeavor to partake of the heavenly fruits which this Church bringeth forth be as clusters or shall be as clusters and thus it is an assurance or promise of blessing to her from the Lord filling her with the juice or grace that shee shall neither be barren nor unfruitfull in the knowledge of Christ 〈◊〉 Pet. 1. 8. but as is promised He will cause them that come of Iakob to take root Israel shall blossome and bud and fill the face of the world with fruit Esay 27. 6. But it may be taken also as a wish and let thy brests I pray thee be as clusters of the Vine that is have not thou a miscarrying womb and dry brests as Hos. 9. 14. but grow in grace and in knowledge be not an empty vine as Israel was of old Hos. 10. 1. Leave 〈◊〉 thy wine which cheereth God and man Iudg. 13. but be filled with the Spirit that we may sucke and be satisfied with the brests of thy consolations Esay 66. 11. the smell of thy nose 〈◊〉 apples her nose commended for the forme in vers 4. denoted her good cariage and courage for the truth The smell odour or sent the 〈◊〉 meaneth the good report and â—ame thereof 〈◊〉 broad which is comfortable as a sweet 〈◊〉 Or by the smell of her nose may be understood the breath comming out of her nostril that it should be sweet And so not onely her outward behaviour should be commendable but the hidden man of the heart uncorrupted that the breath or spirit proceeding from within be pure and God may manifest the smell or favour of his knowledge by her in every place 2 Cor. 2. 14. as the favour of life unto life and like the savour of apples which refresh those that languish and are sicke of the love of Christ as Song 〈◊〉 5. Vers. 9. thy palate or the roofe of thy mouth in Greeke thy throat The palate 〈◊〉 ones owne use is to 〈◊〉 and discerne 〈◊〉 in Iob 34. 3. the palate 〈◊〉 out for others it is the instrument of speech as in Prov. 8. 7. my palate shall speake truth This latter use seemeth here to be meant that her palate to weet her speech and doctrine should be like good wine to comfort and revive bitter and heavy hearts Prov. 31. 6. the good wine that is the best most excellent sweet and wholesome wine as the good oyle Psalm 133. 2. is the best sweetest and most precious oile The comfortable doctrines of the Gospell are likened to wine Esay 55. 1. 2. 3. Prov. 9. 2. 5. See the notes on Song 1. 2. that goeth to my beloved a commendation of the good wine from the effects that it is pleasing unto God and profitable unto men For by the Beloved usually in this Song is meant Christ by going to righteousnesses or according to righteousnesses that is going aright straightly or directly is signified the nature of pure wine manifesting the goodnesse by the moving and springing in the cup whereby it is discerned to bee the right and naturall wine and is pleasing to them that drinke it The like phrase Solomon used in Prov. 23. 31. Looke not on the wine when it is red when it giveth his colour in the cup when it goeth or walketh that is moveth it selfe in righteousnesses as there the nature of the most pure and generous wine is described whereby men are allured to drinke thereof so here the right wine the pure and wholesome doctrine out of the mouth of the Spouse is declared by the company of Beleevers to bee pleasing and right in the eyes of Christ their Beloved It may also intimate how the Spouse filled with the Spirit rather then with wine Ephes. 5. 18. her speeches should tend to lead all unto Christ and unto righteousnesses that is faith in him and righteous workes which he requireth us to walke in causing to speake that maketh to speake or giveth utterance to the lips of those that are a sleepe or speaking in the tips c. This is the other effect of the Spirit that as wine maketh men talkative Prov. 23. 29. so the Spirit maketh men to utter the mysteries of God as the disciples when some thought they were full of new wine prophesied and spake with other tongues the great workes of God as the Spirit gave them utterance Acts 2. 4. 11. 13. c. By sleepers here are meant sinners awaked and quickned by the word preached as it is said Awake thou that sleepest and arise from the dead and Christ shall give thee light Ephes. 5. 14. And so it was promised Thy dead men shall live my dead bodies shall arise awake and fing ye that dwell in dust Esay 26. 19. And Fzekiel by prophesying raised to life the dead bones of the house of Israel Ezek. 37 which also the Chaldee paraphrast alledgeth in opening this place And not only dead men which are said to be asleepe Dan. 12. 2. but others also that live and through negligence or security fall asleepe as the Spouse acknowledgeth of her selfe in Song 5. 2. are inabled by this spirituall wine to speake for having drinke thereof they forget their poverty and remember their misery no more as Prov. 31. 6. 7. So God promising to restore comforts unto Israel and to his mourners saith that he createth the fruit of the lips peace peace c. Esay 57. 18. 19. Vers. 10. I am my Beloveds Here the Spouse as full of the wine of grace and consolation from the Lord testifieth her assurance by faith that shee is Christs and so an heire of salvation by promise Gal. 3. 19. See before in Song 2. 16. and 6. 3. his desire his desirous affection the Greeke interpreteth it his conversion or turning is towards me This manner of speech was used before when God chastning the woman for her sin said thy desire shall be unto thy husband Gen. 3. 16. but now this woman being renued by grace and espoused unto Christ as to an husband 2 Cor. 11. 2. rejoyceth that his desire is unto her And this appeareth by the whole scope of this Song and especially by those words in Chap. 2. 14. and 4. 9. 10. and 7. 5. So contrary each to other are our naturall sinfull state and our estate by grace in Christ. Verse 11. into the field or into the
I in his eyes as one that findeth peace 〈…〉 on had a Vineyard in Baalhath on hee gave the Vineyard to keepers every man shall bring for the fruit thereof a thousand shekels of silver 〈◊〉 My Vineyard which is mine is before 〈…〉 ô So 〈◊〉 and two hundred to those that keepe the 〈◊〉 thereof Thou that dwellest in the gardens the companions attending to thy voice 〈◊〉 thou me to heare Hee my beloved and bee thou like to a Roe or to a 〈◊〉 of the Harts upon the mountaines of spices CHAPTER VIII O Who will give thee as to me a brother Even he that sucked the breasts of my mother I would finde thee without I would kisse thee And also I should not despised be I would thee leade I would thee bring into My mothers house instruct me shouldest thou I would cause thee to drink wine mixt with spice Of my Pomegranate the delightfull juice His left hand underneath mine head have place His right hand also me about imbrace O daughters of Ierusalem that be I doe adjuring charge you why should ye Awaking-stirre and why should ye disease By stirring up the Love untill it please Who 's this that comes up from the desert wast That to her Loved leaning cleaveth-fast I stird thee up under the Apple-tree Thy mother there with pain did bring-forth thee There she that bare thee did bring-forth-with smart O set me as a seale upon thine heart Vpon thine arme eke set me as a seale For love is strong as death and jealous-zeale Is hard as hell the coales eke of the same Are coales of fire of Iahs consuming flame The many waters love they cannot quench Neither the flouds are able it to dreâ—ch If man would all wealth of his house expend For love it would be utterly contemn'd We have a sister small no breasts hath she In day when she is spoke of what shall we Doe for our sister If she be a wall A silver pallace build on her we shall And if she be a doore inclose will we Her round about with boards of Cedar tree I am a wall my breasts as towres likewise Then was I as peace finding in her eyes In Baal-hamon there a Vineyard was Of Solomons the Vineyard he did passe In hire to keepers every man he brings For fruit thereof a thousand silverlings My Vineyard which is mine fore me remaines The thousand to thee Solomon pertaines Two hundred eke be the fruit-keepers part O thou that dweller in the gardens art Vnto thy voice they that companions be Attending are to heare it cause thou mee Flee my Belov'd and have a â—â—es likenes 〈◊〉 a yong Hart on 〈◊〉 of spices Annotations VVHo will give thee that is O if some would give thee or O that thou wert a forme of wishing often used in the Scripture see Deut. 5. 29. Psal. 14. 7. The faithfull here desire the brotherhood love and communion of Christ for their further comfort and that they might manifest their love and obedience unto him as a brother loving affected conjoyned familiar and conversant with me Brotherhood signifieth neere conjunction and consociation whether by bond of nature or otherwise by agreement and covenant Zach. 11. 14 Wherefore things without life coupled together are called man and his brother or Woman and her sister Exod. 25. 20. and 26. 3. and they that are companions in like estate though differing iâ— nature are brethren as Iob was a brother to dragons and a companion to Owles Iob 30. 29. and a man in quality condition or action like another is called his brother Prov. 18. 9. Gen. 49. 5. and when Solomon perswadeth his sonne to affect love and associate himselfe unto Wisedome hee biddeth him say unto her Thou arr my sister Prov. 7. 4. Although therefore Christ in his humanity was the brother of his people taking part of the same flesh and blood with them Heb. 2. 14. yet is he chiefly called our brother because we are all of one Father by the Spirit of sanctification Heb. 2. 11. 12. Matth. 12. 50. And this seemeth to bee the desire of the godly here that Christ would vouchsafe to enter into covenant with them by his Word and Spirit and to accompany them with his grace for their mutuall comfort and fruition each of others love that he would shew himselfe as a brother lovingly affectioned mercifull and compassionate in their troubles and miseries as a brother is borne for adversity Prov. 17. 13. sucking or that sucked the breasts of my mother that is every way most neerely conjoyned as having both one father and one mother for so the band or kinred is more neere then if they had one father onely as Abraham said she is the daughter of my father but not the daughter of my mother Gen. 20. 12. Wherefore the childe followed the mother if shee were a free or a bondwoman the childe was likewise Exod. 21 4. Gal. 4. 22. 30. And between brethren of the same mother the affections and love are most vehement as Iosephs cariage towards Benjamin manifesteth Gen. 43. 29. 30. 34. The mother here is Ierusalem which is above which is the mother of us all and signifieth the new Testament or Covenant of grace and freedome Gal. 4. 26. 24. To 〈◊〉 the breasts of this mother is to participate of her grace and consolations Esa. 66. 10. 11. and 60 16. and Christ is then said to suck these breasts when the Covenant or Testament is by him confirmed and stablished to and with his people openly professed and the communion of graces mutually doth grow Which communion is figuratively signified by eating drinking sucking supping together and the like Song 5. 1. Luk. 22. 15. 16 Ioh. 6. 51. Rev. 3. 20. The Hebrewes in then Chaldee paraphrase give this exposition In that time the King Christ shall be revealed unto the Congregation of Israel and the sonnes of Israel shall say unto him Come be thou with us for a brother and let as goe up to Ierusalem and we will sucke with thee the senses or meanings of the Law as a sucking child sucketh the breasts of his mother It may also be observed that things are sometime said to bee done unto Christ which are done unto his people Matth. 25. 35. 40. Acts 9. 4. 5. Colos. 1. 24. As therefore Christians when they are begotten or converted unto Christ by the Gospell have Christ formed in them Gal. 4. 19. so when such are nourished with the sincere milke of the word as 1 Pet. 2. 2. it may bee said that Christ himselfe is nourished in them for he and his people are one body and mystically called Christ 1 Cor. 12. 12. Thus the things here spoken of as to be done unto Christ may be fulfilled by the be getting nourishing and cherishing of the elect when the Covenant of life and peace is made continued and confirmed among them I would finde thee without Her fervent love and desire of Christs communion and brotherly grace is here
things under the Sun are vanity and vexation of spirit from mans birth to his dying day Ecclesiastes 1. 2. 3. 14. and 12. 7. 8. and an heavenly heritage is to bee sought for immortall and which fadeth not 2 Peter 1. 4. Of ground cursed there followeth barrennesse or unprofitable fruits and desolation Genesis 4. 12. and 3. 18. Esay 24. 6. and the end is to bee burned Hebrews 6. 8. So the earth and the workes therein shall bee burnt up 2 Pet. 3. 10. And as for mans sake this world is cursed and the creature made subject to vanity so it earnestly expecteth the manifestation of the sonnes of God that it may be delivered from the bondage of corruption Rom. 8. 19. 20. 21. in sorrow with painfull labour as Prov. 5. 10. Hereupon the Scripture mentioneth our bread of sorrowes Psal. 127. 2. Adam was to have labored in his innocency Gen. 2. 15. but without sorrow being under the Lords blessing which maketh rich and hee addeth no sorrow with it Prov. 10. 22. Concerning this sorrow or toyle of our hands Noe the figure of Christ was a comforter Gen. 5. 29. Vers. 18. thornes Heb. the thorne Hereby is meant harmfull weeds in stead of wholesome fruits Iob 31 40. Ier. 12. 13. for men of thistles doe not gather figs Mat. 7. 16. Thornes doe choak the good corne as Mat. 13. 7. And spiritually these signifie evill fruits which wicked earthly men bring forth Heb. 6. 8. of the field and so no longer the pleasant fruits of Paradise Gen. 2. 9. 16. But as Nebuchadnezar when he had a beasts heart was driven out among beasts to eat grasse as the oxen Dan. 4. 13. 22. so man not lodging a night in honour nor understanding but becomming like beasts that perish is to eat herbes with them Psal. 49. 13. 21. but by the labour of his hands his diet is bettered Vers. 19. sweat with much labour which Adam and all his posterity was condemned unto that this is a generall rule if any will not worke neither should he eate 2 Thess. 3. 10. The sweat of the face though it is to be distinguished from the care of the 〈…〉 d which Christ forbiddeth Mat. 6. 25. 34. yet it doth imply all lawfull labours and industry of body and mind for the good of both Eph. 4. 28. Mat. 10. 10. 1 Cor. 9. 14. so that the giving of the heart also to seeke and search our things by wisedome is a sore occupation which God hath given to the sonnes of Adam to be occupied therein and humbled thereby Eccles. 1. 13. bread that is all food whereof bread is the principall as that which upholds the heart of man Psal. 104. 15. Therefore that which one Evangelist calleth bread Mar. 6. 36 another calleth victuals or meats Mat. 14. 15. the ground or the earth called elsewhere our earth Psal. 146. 4. and our dust Psal. 104. 28. meaning till man returne to the dust of death the grave and there the wearied be at rest from their labours Iob 3. 17. Rev. 14. 13. dust thou art or thou wast to weet concerning the body as Gen. 2. 7. not the spirit which being immortall goeth unto God for eternall joyes or torments Luke 16. 22. 23. and 23. 43. This difference Solomon teacheth And dust returne to the earth as it was and the spirit returne to God that gave it Eccles. 12. 7. Here God condemneth mankind to death which is the wages of sinne Rom. 6 23. and to the grave the house appointed for all living Iob 30. 23. where they must wait till their change come Iob 14. 14. for it is appointed to men once to dye and after this is the judgement Hebr. 4. 27. Otherwise the life eternall could not bee obtained for flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdome of God neither doth corruption inherit incorruption therefore we must all either dye or be changed and this corruptible must put on incorruption and this mortall must put on immortality and then shall Death be swallowed up in victory 1 Cor. 15. 50. 51. 53. 54. So the Hebrew Rabbines also taught saying that unto this world there cleaveth the secret filthinesse of the Serpent which came upon Eve and because of that filthinesse Death is come upon Adam and his seed For when God saw how uncleannesse cleaved and spred it selfe abroad in the world continually he intended to consume it and to root out the power of it and therefore the bodies doe consume and corrupt and have no continued life But when the filthinesse is consumed and the spirit of uncleannesse taken out of the earth behold God will renew his world without any other filthinesse and will wake up by his power those that dwell in the dust c. and the Lord will reioyce in his workes as the intendment of the creation was at the first R. Menachem on Gen. 3. The Greeke Philosophers have observed that some dead men putrified turne to Serpents Plutarch in vita Cleomenis If so it is a notable memoriall of mans first poysoning by the Serpent Vers. 20. Eve in Hebrew Chavah which is by interpretation Life as the Greeke also translateth it or Living Adam first called her Woman Gen. 2. 23. God called her Adam Gen. 5. 2. and now the man calleth her Eve Life by which new name he testifieth his faith in and thankfulnesse for Gods former promise in vers 15. In which he also trained up his children teaching them to sacrifice and serve the Lord. Gen. 4. 3. 4. So the Hebrew Doctors reckon Adam as a repentant sinner and by Wisdome that is faith in Christ brought out of his fall Ioseph Antiq. b. 1. c. 4. and the Author of the Booke of Wisedome c. 10. v. 1. all living that is as the Chaldee paraphraseth of all the sonnes of man meaning this both naturally of all men in the world and so of Christ the promised seed and spiritually of all that live by faith in which sense Sarah is also counted the Mother of the faithfull 1 Pet. 3. 6. Gal. 4. 22. 28. 31. V. 21. coats to cover the body from shame and harme and for a memoriall of mans sin a further signe of those garments of justice and salvation which men have of God that their filthy nakednesse doe not appeare Rev. 3. 18. 19. 8. 2 Cor. 5. 2. 3. 4. The Chalde◠calleth these here garments of honor of skin that is in likelihood of the skins of beasts which God taught him to kill for sacrifice Which offerings were even from the beginning of the Gospell preached as appeareth Gen. 4. 3. 4. 8. 20. And after by the Law the Skinnes of the sacrifices were given to the Priests Lev. 7. 8. And the sacrifices being all figures of Christ Heb. 10. 5. 10 the Skins were fit to resemble mans mortification as the girdle of skin which Iohn Baptist wore Mat. 3. 4. and new life by putting on the Lord Iesus Christ Rom. 13. 13. 14. and the garments of
that boweth downe or that sacrificeth and such like So hee speaketh of him that hath a Familiar spirit and not of the Wizard who is in the same estate Lev. 20. 6. Of these forementioned some are to dye by the hand of the magistrate some are to be beaten but not put to death as elsewhere is observed defile my Sanctuary that is the Tabernacle Exod. 25. 8. or Temple which was defiled when God was sacrificed unto other where or by other wayes then he commanded Levit. 17. 4. 5. or when they sacrificed to idols and yet would come into the Sanctuarie to serve God also whereas the Temple of God hath no agreement with Idols 2 Cor. 6. 16. And thus the Prophet reproveth them for that they burned incense to Baal and walked after other gods and yet came and stood before him in the house whereupon his name was called Ier. 7. 9. 10. and to prophane that is as the Greek explaineth it and that he might prophane Of prophaning Gods name see Levit. 18. 21. Vers. 4. the people of the land which the Chaldee expoundeth the people of the house of Israel and so the Greeke saith the homeborne of the land hiding shall hide that is shall any waies hide the Greeke explaineth it with winking shall winke at that is neglect or not regard no punish That word Paul useth in Act. 17. 30. the times of this ignorance God wincked at Vers. 5. my face the Chaldee expoundeth it mine anger and so face often signifieth Psal. 21. 10. and 34. 17. Lam. 4. 16. See the notes on Gen. 32. 20. his familie in Greeke his kinred and so the word familie signifieth in Gen. 24. 38. the Chaldee translateth it his helpers that is such as tooke part with him as the next words doe declare that goe a whoring after him that is commit idolatrie as the Chaldec explaineth it that erre so in verse 6. the Greeke translateth all that consent unto him This judgment God executed upon the Iewes for this idolatrie and their other sins as he signified by his Prophet that he would give their city Ierusalem into the hand of the Chaldeans who should set fire upon it and burne it with the houses upon whose roofes they had burnt incense unto Baal c. Because they their Kings their Princes their Priests and their Prophets and the men of Iudah and the inhabitants of Ierusalem had set their abhominations in the house which was called by his Name to defile it and built the high places of Baal to cause their sonnes and their daughters to passe through the fire unto Molech c. therefore it should be delivered into the hand of the King of Babylon by the sword and by the famine and by the pestilence Ier. 32. 28. 29. 32. 34. 35. 36. Vers. 6. the soule that is as the Chaldee expoundeth the man that turneth unto or looketh after in Greeke followeth meaning that consulteth with them as Deut. 18. 11. familiar spirits Targum Ionathan expoundeth it them that aske of familiar spirits Of these and the wizards following whom the Greeke calleth Inchanters see the annotations on Leviticus 19. 31. and Deuteronomie 18. 11. set my face Hebr. give my face in Chaldee give mine anger against that man and destroy him This judgment was executed upon K. Saul who dyed for asking counsell of one that had a familiar spirit 1 Chron. 10. 13. 1 Sam. 28. Vers. 7. And This may bee a reason of the former Therefore ye shall sanctifie your selves by abstaining from all evill and doing good be holy or be saints for I am Iehovah to weet that sanctifieth you as vers 8. or for I am holy as the Greeke addeth and as Moses wrote before in Lev. 19. 2. Vers. 9. For every man or any man Hebr. man man meaning any whosoever as vers 2. And this is inferred upon the former precept be holy For otherwise judgements abide you curseth or revileth speaketh evill as the Greeke translateth which the holy Ghost approveth in Acts 23. 5. See the notes on Exodus 21. 17. or Hebrew and which the Greeke translateth or and so in Matthew 15. 4. For death was his due if he cursed either of them and they are distinguished to make him guilty for the one without the othâ—r as Chazkuni here explaineth it and as Iarchi addeth though it be after his parents death Whose curseth his father or his mother his Lamp shall be pâ—tout in obscure darkenesse Prov. 20. 20. his bloods shall be upon him that is his death shall be upon his owne head for he hath caused it by his sinne So the Greeke translateth he shall be guilty and the Chaldee he is guilty or worthy to be killed so after often in this chapter The manner of his death was stoning as is noted upon Exod. 21. 10. and as Moses after sheweth for the rebellious sonne Deut. 21. 21. And it is observed as a generall 〈◊〉 by the Hebrew doctors Every place where it is 〈◊〉 in the Law they shall be put to death THEIR BLOODS VPON THEM it is meant by stoning Maimony Issureibiah c. 1. s. 6 and Sol. Iarchi on Lev. 20. 9. Vers. 10. that committeth adultery the Greek addeth in the second place or that commits-adul 〈…〉 ry with his neighbours wife It is expouuded in Deut. 22. 22. a woman maried to an husband dye the death the manner of their death is not set downe either here or in Deuter. 22. 22. unlesse by that which is before and after for other unlawfull copulations we say it is meant stoning to death as the man that lyeth with a beast vers 15. is to bee stoned because the womâ—n for like beastlinesse is to be stoned verse 16. The Pharisees which brought unto Christ a woman taken in adulterie said Moses commanded that such should be stoned Ioh. 8. 4. 5. but whether that were this very case is to bee considered Also to lye with a bettothed woman the punishment was stoning as for humbling his neighbours wife Deut. 22. 24. Howbeit the latter Pharisees say the adulterers death was Strangling Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 15. sect 13. And in another place he openeth this and the other like â—â—wes more fully thus Who so presumptuously committeth any of all the unlawfull copulations spoken of in the lâ—w is guilty of cutting off Levit. 18. 29. and if they doe it ignorantly they are bound to bring the Sin-offring appointed And there be some of the Nakednesses that is the unlawfull copulations which deserve death by the Iudges more then the cutting-off which is meet for them all Of those which are to be put to death by the Iudges some are to dye by stoning and some by burning and some by strangling And these are they that are put to death by stoning He that lyeth with his mother or with his fathers wife or with his sonnes wife which is called his daughter-in-law he that lyeth with mankinde or with a beast and the woman that lyeth downe to a beast